Press Alt + R to read the document text or Alt + P to download or print.
This document contains no pages.
HomeMy WebLinkAboutM_Equipment_Stor-House_181116_V1
SMITH FIRE SYSTEMS, INC.
1106 54th Avenue East • Tacoma, Washington 98424
(253) 926-1880 • FAX (253) 926-2350
CONTR. REG. NO. SMITHFS1360T
STOR-HOUSE PHASE IV TC18111
2829 NE 3RD STREET
RENTON, WA 98056
EQUIPMENT INDEX
DIESEL FIRE PUMP EQUIPMENT
NO. MANUFACTURER SIZE MODEL DESCRIPTION
1 Peerless 5x4 4AEF12
Horizontal Split Case Fire Pump
Clockwise Rotation
(500 GPM @ 90 PSI)
2 Clarke 74HP JU4H-
UFAEF2
Diesel Engine Pump Driver
3 Eaton --- FD120 Diesel Engine Fire Pump Controller
4 Clarke 4" C06532 Residential Muffler
5 Factory Choice 115 GAL -- Diesel Fuel Tank Systems (Double
Wall)
6 Krueger Sentry --- H-S1 Remote Fuel Gauge Reader
7 Flotronix 4" C06532 Tank Leak Sensing Float
8 Factory Choice 1/2" -- Automatic Air Release Valve
9 Factory Choice 1/4" -- Suction Pressure Gauge
10 Factory Choice 1/4" -- Discharge Pressure Gauge
11 Grundfos 1-1/2 HP CR3-8 Jockey Pump (3 GPM @ 110 PSI)
(3 Phase, 60 Cycle, 460V)
12 Eaton --- BR081001 Jockey Pump Controller
(3 Phase, 60 Cycle, 460V)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
By: cthomas
Date: 11/27/2018
FIRE DEPARTMENT
For Construction Subject to
Corrections Noted in Red
APPROVED
SMITH FIRE SYSTEMS, INC.
1106 54th Avenue East • Tacoma, Washington 98424
(253) 926-1880 • FAX (253) 926-2350
CONTR. REG. NO. SMITHFS1360T
EQUIPMENT
NO. MANUFACTURER SIZE MODEL DESCRIPTION
13 Wilkins 6" 475ASTDA Reduced Pressure Double Detector
Check Valve Assembly OS&Y
14 Kennedy 6" 8068 OS&Y Gate Valve
15 Potter Electric -- OSYSU-2 OS&Y Valve Supervisory Switch
16 Anvil Star 6 x 4 R-1 Concentric Reducer
17 Anvil Star 6 x 5 Fig. 826 Eccentric Reducer
18 Victaulic 6" 717H Swing Check Valve
19 Victaulic 3"- 6" 705 Butterfly Valve W/ Built-In Tamper
Switch
20 Potter 6-8" VSR Water-Flow Indicator
21 AGF 2" M1011T Inspector’s Test and Main Drain Valve
22 Wilson & Cousins 2.5" IE23G Groove Angle Hose Valve
23 FPPI 1.25” --- Swing Check Valve
24 United Brass 1.25" Fig. 18 Threaded OS&Y Gate Valve
25 Reliable 4” EX-LP Dry Pipe Valve
26 Potter Electric --- PS-10 Alarm Pressure Switch
27 Potter Electric --- PS-40 Supervisory Air Pressure Switch
28 Reliable --- A-2 Air Maintenance Device
29 Gast 400gal. 5LCA-22-
M4550X
Air Compressor
SPRINKLERS
NO. MANUFACTURER SIZE MODEL DESCRIPTION
30 Reliable 5.6K F156 Bronze SR Upright Sprinkler Head
31 Reliable 5.6K F1FR56 Bronze QR Upright Sprinkler Head
32 Reliable 5.6K F1FR56 Chrome QR Pendant Sprinkler Head
33 Reliable 5.6K F3QR Chrome Dry Pendant Sprinkler Head
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Project: Stor House
Centralia, WA
Contractor: Smith Fire Systems
Tacoma, WA
Submittal
Table of Contents
Page
4AEF12– 500 GPM @ 90 PSI – 74 Bhp/2350 RPM
2-3 Itemize lists of Components
4 Peerless 4AEF12 Fire Pump Curve
5-6 Pump Technical Information
7-10 Typical Pump Specification
10-11 Pump Construction
12-13 Dimensional Data
14 Clockwise Pump Rotation
15 Fire Pump Accessories Layout
16 Auto Air Release Valve Data
17 Fire Pump Fittings
18-28 Clarke JU4H-UFAEF2 Diesel Engine Data
29-34 Diesel Engine Accessories
35-46 Eaton FD120 Fire Pump Controller Data
47-49 Grundfos CR 3-8 Jockey Pump Data
50-55 Eaton XTJP Jockey Pump Controller Data
Submitted by Capitol Pump Resources
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Stor HouseProject :
Capitol Pump Resources
5891 Mullen Rd SE Lacey WA 98203
Kyle Nunley
Phone 360-493-1830
Fax 360-923-1841
Quote No. :18106827
Customer :
253-926-1880 253-926-2350Fax :Phone :
Date :Thursday, November 01, 2018
Contact :Santiago Lavin
Smith Fire Systems
1106 54th Ave. E.
"Fennel Creek job#TC17214"
Tacoma, WA
98424
USA
Page No :1
Item No Description QtyWeight (lb)
Item:1
Model :Peerless - 4AEF12
Summary Quotation:
Flow (US gpm)Head (psi)Eff. (%)Power (hp)Speed (RPM)
500 90 67.7 38.8 2350
Liquid Temp. (°F)Sp. Gravity Visc. (cSt)
Water 68 1.000 1.007
Dia. (inch)
11.00
1 4AEF12 - Bronze Fitted, Pkd UL-FM Listed 380 1
2 CI Casing with 125lb Suct /125lb Disch FF ANSI flanges 0 1
3 Hardware & Split Flange Gasket for 125lb/125lb ANSI Csg 0 1
4 Bronze Impeller with Integral Rings 0 1
5 Bronze Casing Rings 0 2
6 Standard Grease Lube Bearings 0 1
7 RH Steel Shaft Single Row Outboard Bearing 0 1
8 Single Row Outboard/Inboard Brgs with Std Lip Seals 0 1
9 304 SS Shaft Sleeves (set of 2)0 1
10 Standard Packing Suction Pressure < 100 Psi 0 1
11 UL-FM Lantern Ring with Seal Piping Std or High Pressure Pkg 0 1
12 UL Listed/FM Approved Fire Pump Nameplate US 0 1
13 US H I Std NW Perf Test Included in Pump Price 0 1
14 US H I Non-Witness Hydrostatic Test Included in Pump Price 0 1
15 Pump Mtg Parts without Base Mounted Controller, Risers & Hardware Only, Factory 0 1
16 JU4H-UFAEF2 74Bhp/2350Rpm 115V-50/60H Htr NSPS Tier IT4, Diesel Engine UL/FM/ULC 12V NG, Clarke CWRotation Only
1699 1
17 Non Drip Rim Base 0 0
18 Standard engine cooling water loop is suitable for water temperature up 100 Degrees F.
(37.78 C.). If exceeded refer to Clarke Fire website for cooling water piping size calculator to
see if optional larger cooling loop is required
0 0
19 Minimum Inlet Pressure is 80 Psig @ 150% of Pump Rated flow, Pressure Regulator set at 60
psig and 10 psig discharge pressure. If less than minimum required inlet pressure, refer to
Clarke Fire (www.clarkefire.com) for Cooling Loop Online Calculator.
0 0
20 Optional 3/4" HSC/ES FM Engine Cooling Loop Galv Stl Piping 0 1
Quote valid for 30 days
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Stor HouseProject :
Capitol Pump Resources
5891 Mullen Rd SE Lacey WA 98203
Kyle Nunley
Phone 360-493-1830
Fax 360-923-1841
Quote No. :18106827
Customer :
253-926-1880 253-926-2350Fax :Phone :
Date :Thursday, November 01, 2018
Contact :Santiago Lavin
Smith Fire Systems
1106 54th Ave. E.
"Fennel Creek job#TC17214"
Tacoma, WA
98424
USA
Page No :2
21 Combination Flex Shaft FlyWheel Cover Guard, Fuel Lines, Flexible Exhaust Connector
(Included in Engine price)
0 0
22 Lead Acid Batteries (Dry) 0 0
23 Battery Acid by Others All Shipments (15 liters (4D), 17 Liters (8D) per Battery (1.265 sp gr required))
0 0
24 UL Listed Flexible Drive Shaft and Guard Furnished 0 0
25 12 VDC Negative Ground, Fire Pump Diesel Controller, Eaton Cutler Hammer 105 1
26 NEMA Type 2 Enclosure Standard 0 1
27 English display for membrane faceplate 0 1
28 For Lead Acid Batteries 0 0
29 Pressure transducer 0 600 psi (.7 21.2 kg/cm2) for fresh water service 0 1
30 Low fuel level switch 16 Inches max insertion length Specify Tank Dia & Gallon Capacity (shipped loose)
0 1
31 Print to file all events from memory to USB port onto a flash drive or view/download events to personal computer via ethernet cable.
0 1
32 110 240 Volt 50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 0 1
33 115 Gal E,1/8,1/4,3/8,1/2,5/8,3/4,7/8,Full Scale, Tank Direct Reading Fuel Gauge, Factory Choice 5 1
34 For Double Wall Fuel Tanks, Leak Sensing Float Switch, Flotronix FLO L10785 5 1
35 1/2 In, 175 Psi Max UL,FM, Automatic Air Release Valve, Factory Choice 5 1
36 Diesel Fuel System w/Std Vent, For UL Labld Dble Wall Tank, Factory 0 1
37 15 300Psi Suct 0 300Psi Disc, Suction and Discharge Gauges, Factory 6 1
38 CR 3 8 1.5Hp 56CFr 3Ph 208 230/460V, Jockey Pump w/TEFC Motor, Grundfos 63 1
39 Cast Iron Base w/ 1 inch Oval Suction/Discharge Flange 0 0
40 1.5Hp/208V/3Ph/60Hz 100000AIC, Jockey Pump Controller, Eaton Cutler Hammer 20 1
41 NEMA Type 2 (IEC IP11) Enclosure Standard 0 1
42 C06532 4.0x10.00x44 EI EO, Residential Muffler 61 1
43 3" NPT Flexible Exhaust Connector (4 x 3 reducing Companion flange, Pipe and fitting adaption
to muffler to be supplied by others)
0 1
44 115 US Gal UL Label Double Wall, NFPA Diesel Fuel Tank with Legs, Factory Choice 530 1
45 CPR start up services (hc)0 1
Quote valid for 30 days
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.Only items listed to be supplied. All other items needed to be supplied by others.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Stor HouseProject :
Capitol Pump Resources
5891 Mullen Rd SE Lacey WA 98203
Kyle Nunley
Phone 360-493-1830
Fax 360-923-1841
Quote No. :18106827
Customer :
253-926-1880 253-926-2350Fax :Phone :
Date :Thursday, November 01, 2018
Contact :Santiago Lavin
Smith Fire Systems1106 54th Ave. E."Fennel Creek job#TC17214"Tacoma, WA98424USA
Page No :4
Type:AEF - Horizontal Split Case Single Stage Fire
Pump Model:
Nom. Speed:2350 RPM, Diesel
Peerless - 4A EF12
Impeller Dia.:11.00 inch
Impeller No.:
Curve No.: 3136077r/02-17 Viscosity:1.007
1.000
68 °F
WaterFluid:
Temperature:
Sp. Gravity:
cSt
Item :1
Market :FM/UL/ULC Listed Fire Pump
Your Ref. :
2692300
Rated Flow
Rated Head
Imp. Dia.
Rated Power Required
500
90
11
38.8
US gpm
psi
inch
hp
Flow at 150%
psiHead at 150%
Power Req. at 150%
Peak Power
750
72.7
US gpm
46
48
hp
hp
Rated Efficiency 67.7 %
Efficiency at 150%69.3 %
Approval/Listing FM/UL
Flow- US gpm
1,000800600400200Power - hp50
4030
20
10Head - psi100
50 Efficiency - %90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
D1
D3
D1-12.12 inch, D2-11.00 inch, D3-9.50 inch
NFPA Limits:
140% Head at shutoff 126 psi
65% Head at 150%
flow
58.5 psi
Comments
Performance curve represents
typical performance. NPSH data is
not applicable per NFPA 20
paragraphs 4.14.3.1 and 4.14.3.2.
Closed Valve Head 97.6 psi
Flow
(US gpm)
Head
(psi)
Efficiency
(%)
Power Required
(hp)
NPSH Required
(ft)
0.0 97.6 0.0 17.7
115.1 98.3 29.1 22.7
230.1 97.7 47.3 27.8
345.2 95.6 58.9 32.7
460.2 91.8 66.1 37.3
575.3 85.9 69.8 41.4
690.3 77.9 70.3 44.6
805.4 67.4 67.5 46.9
920.5 54.1 60.6 48.0
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Stor HouseProject :
Capitol Pump Resources
5891 Mullen Rd SE Lacey WA 98203
Kyle Nunley
Phone 360-493-1830
Fax 360-923-1841
Quote No. :18106827
Customer :
253-926-1880 253-926-2350Fax :Phone :
Date :Thursday, November 01, 2018
Contact :Santiago Lavin
Smith Fire Systems
1106 54th Ave. E.
"Fennel Creek job#TC17214"
Tacoma, WA
98424
USA
Page No :5
Item:
Model :
1
Peerless - 4AEF12
Flow (US gpm)Head (psi)Eff. (%)Power (hp)Speed (RPM)
500 90 67.7 38.8 2350
Liquid Temp. (°F)Sp. Gravity Visc. (cSt)
Water 68 1.000 1.007
Dia. (inch)
11.00
Technical Information:
Technical Information: 4AEF12
Casing Suction Design Double
Casing Volute Design Single
Nominal Casing Thickness Inches 0.5
Corrosion Allow Inches 0.12
Max Suct Press PSI Packed 125# Suct CI Csg 150
Max Suct Press PSI Packed 250# Suct CI Csg 150
Max Suct Press PSI Packed 250# Suct DI Csg 150
Max Work Press PSI Packed 125# DischCI Csg 175
Max Work Press PSI Packed 250# DischCI Csg 300
Max Work Press PSI Packed 250# DischDI Csg 510
Cutwater Diameter Inches 12.58
Number of Impeller Vanes 7
Minimum Impeller Diameter Inches 9.5
WR2 Lb-Ft2 Wet Bronze Impeller 2.4
Shaft Diameter Through Impeller Inches 1.625
Shaft Dia Through Coupling Inches 1.375
Stuffing Box Shaft Sleeve Diameter Inches 1.75
Stuffing Box Bore Inches 2.75
Stuffing Box Depth Inches 3.31
Stuffing Box Face Nearest Obstruction Along Shaft In 1.82
Stuffing Box Square Packing Inches 0.5
Stuffing Box Packing RowswithoutLantern Ring 6
Stuffing Box Packing Rowswith Lantern Ring 5
Stuffing Box Gland Bolt Circle 4.75
Stuffing Box Gland Bolt Dia Inches 0.5
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Stor HouseProject :
Capitol Pump Resources
5891 Mullen Rd SE Lacey WA 98203
Kyle Nunley
Phone 360-493-1830
Fax 360-923-1841
Quote No. :18106827
Customer :
253-926-1880 253-926-2350Fax :Phone :
Date :Thursday, November 01, 2018
Contact :Santiago Lavin
Smith Fire Systems
1106 54th Ave. E.
"Fennel Creek job#TC17214"
Tacoma, WA
98424
USA
Page No :6
Thrust Single Row Bearing Size 306
Radial Single Row Bearing Size 207
Thrust Double Row Bearing Size Optional 5306
First Critical Speed RPM 6910
Max Pump RPM Standard Construction 3600
Priming Connection NPT 0.5
Discharge Drain NPT 0.75
Suction Drain NPT 0.5
Rotor Series 2
Equivalent Commercial Model 4AE12
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Stor HouseProject :
Capitol Pump Resources
5891 Mullen Rd SE Lacey WA 98203
Kyle Nunley
Phone 360-493-1830
Fax 360-923-1841
Quote No. :18106827
Customer :
253-926-1880 253-926-2350Fax :Phone :
Date :Thursday, November 01, 2018
Contact :Santiago Lavin
Smith Fire Systems
1106 54th Ave. E.
"Fennel Creek job#TC17214"
Tacoma, WA
98424
USA
Page No :7
Item:
Model :
1
Peerless - 4AEF12
Flow (US gpm)Head (psi)Eff. (%)Power (hp)Speed (RPM)
500 90 67.7 38.8 2350
Liquid Temp. (°F)Sp. Gravity Visc. (cSt)
Water 68 1.000 1.007
Dia. (inch)
11.00
Typical Specification:
Type AEF Horizontal Split Case Single Stage Fire Pump Typi cal Specifications
General:The pumps furnished for fire protection service shall be supplied with the specified drivers, controls and
pump accessory items by the pump manufacturer.The pump,driver and controlshall be
( ) Underwriters Laboratories (ULI) Listed
( ) Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) Approved
( ) Underwriters Laboratories-Canada (ULC) Listed
for fire protection service.The pumping equipment shall be installed asrecommended in the National Fire
Protection Association (NFPA)Pamphlet 20,Standard for the Installation ofCentrifugalFire Pumps.
The fire pump shall be designed to deliver 500 US gpm at a total differential pressure of 90 psi .
The fire pump shall also be capable of delivering notless than 150%of rated flowat not less than 65%of
rated head.
The pump(s) shall be a Peerless PumpCompany model 4AEF12 and shall be furnished with driver,
controllers and accessories as detailed in this specification.
Pumpmanufacturer shall have unit responsibility for the proper operation of the complete unit assembly as
indicated by field acceptance tests.
Manufacturer's Factory Te sts:Eachindividual pump shall be hydrostatically tested and run tested prior to
shipment. The pump shall be hydrostatically tested at a pressure of notless than one and one-half times the no
flow (shut off) head ofthe p ump's maximum diameter impeller plusthe maximum allowable suction head butin no
case less than 250 psig.
Field Acce ptance Test :A field acceptance performance test shall be conducted upon completion of pump
installation.The test shall be made by flowing water through calibrated nozzles, approved flowmeters or other such
accurate devices as may be se lected by the authority having jurisdiction.The test shall be conducted as
recommended in NFPA Pamphlet20 by
( ) the installing contractor
( ) the owner
( ) the owner'srepresentative
( ) (other)_______________________ in the presence of the authority having jurisdiction and withthat authority's
final approval and acceptance.Failure to submit documentation offactory and field tests will be just cause for
equipment rejection.
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.
CPR
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Stor HouseProject :
Capitol Pump Resources
5891 Mullen Rd SE Lacey WA 98203
Kyle Nunley
Phone 360-493-1830
Fax 360-923-1841
Quote No. :18106827
Customer :
253-926-1880 253-926-2350Fax :Phone :
Date :Thursday, November 01, 2018
Contact :Santiago Lavin
Smith Fire Systems
1106 54th Ave. E.
"Fennel Creek job#TC17214"
Tacoma, WA
98424
USA
Page No :8
Horizontal Centrifugal Pumps:The fire pump shall be ofhorizontal centrifugal single stage construction
specifically labeled for fire service and shall be a Peerless PumpCompany model 4AEF12. The pump shall be c
onnected to the (fire standpipe) (fire sprinkler) (underground fire main) system. The suction supply for the fire pump
shall be froma (public service water main) (elevated storage tank) (ground storage tank) (underground reservoir) ata
maximum pressure of _______ poundsper square inch (psi)and a minimum pressure of_______ psi. The pump
casing shall be cast iron with_____ inch 125 pound ANSI rated suction and __________ inch(125) (250) pound
ANSI rated discharge flanges machined to American National StandardsInstitute (ANSI) dimensions.
El ectri c Motors :The pump driver shall be horizontal foot mounted ball bearing induction motor rated ______
horsepower,3 phase,(50)(60) Hertz with(open drip-proof)(totally enclosed fan cooled) NEMA enclosure for
operation on _________ volt _____ __phase service. The motor locked rotor currentshall notexceed the values
stated in NFPA Pamphlet 20.The motor shall be mounted on a steel base common to the pump and shall be
connected to the pump with a flexible coupling protected by a suitable guard .The fire pump manufacturer shall
accurately align the pump and motor shafts prior to shipment. After field installation but prior to grouting the base,a
millwright or similarly qualified person shall check and verify or correct the shaft alignment.
El ectri c Motor C ontrol lers:The automatic electric motor controller shall be (ULI listed)(FM approved) (ULC Listed)
specifically for fire pump service.The controller shall be designed for
( ) full voltage
( ) part winding
( ) primary reactor reduced voltage
( ) wye-delta open transition
( ) wye-delta closed transition
( ) auto-transformer
( ) solid state reduced voltage soft start-stop
type starting.The controller shall be rated for the horsepower specified in this specification's electric motors
section.The controller shall be capable of interrupting a short circuit currentat least equal tothe available short
circuit currentin the controller supply circuit. This fire pump controller installation requires an withstand rating of not
less than __________ amps RMS symmetrical at an operating voltage of__________ volts.
The controller shall be:
( ) floor or wallmounted for electrical connection to ________the motor by the equipment installer.
( ) mounted on a common base withthe fire pump ________ and wired to the motor bythe pump manufacturer.
Fitti ngs:The pump manufacturer shall furnishpiping accessory items for the pump installation whichwill adaptthe
pump connections to the fire protection system and test connection as follows. Fittings subjected to pump
discharge pressure shall b e ANSI (125)(250) pound rating.Fittings subjected to suction pressure shall be ANSI
125 pound rating.
( ) eccentric tapered suction reducer
( ) concentric tapered discharge increaser
( ) hose valve test head
( ) hose valves with caps and chains
( ) pump casing relief valve
( ) automatic air release valve
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.
5 4
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Stor HouseProject :
Capitol Pump Resources
5891 Mullen Rd SE Lacey WA 98203
Kyle Nunley
Phone 360-493-1830
Fax 360-923-1841
Quote No. :18106827
Customer :
253-926-1880 253-926-2350Fax :Phone :
Date :Thursday, November 01, 2018
Contact :Santiago Lavin
Smith Fire Systems
1106 54th Ave. E.
"Fennel Creek job#TC17214"
Tacoma, WA
98424
USA
Page No :9
( ) hose valve head drain valve
( ) suction and discharge pressure gauges
( ) (venturi)(pitot tube) test flow meter
Additionalaccessories required when pump is engine or steam turbine driven:
( ) main reliefvalve:
( ) direct acting (spring actuated)
( ) pilot operated (hydraulically actuated)
( ) relief valve overflow cone,enclosed type
( ) discharge tee with elbow (for mounting reliefvalve)
Diesel Engines:The pump driver shall be a horizontal shaft type internal combustion engine Model
__________-manufactured by:___________________________ rated at 2350, clockwise rotation viewed from the
end op positethe pump.The engine shall be provided bythe pump manufacturer with, at a minimum,the following
accessories for automatic operation.
(X) cooling waterlines, pressure regulator,strainer,bypass lines and necessary fittings for engine cooling system,
pre-piped and factory mounted.
(X) flexible exhaust connector
(X) residential exhaust silencer
(X) engine jacket water heater,factory installed.
(X) one set dual batteries, lead acid storage type.
(X) fuel system as recommended in NFPA Pamphlet20
(X) fuel storage tank sized to provide a minimum supply of one gallon offuel per engine maximum rated horsepower
plus 5%for sump area plus 5%for expansion area.The tank shall be furnished with legs for floor mounting and with
a direct reading le vel gauge.
( ) The engine shall be run tested with the pump by the pump manufacturer prior to shipment.
En gi ne Control lers:The automatic engine controller shall be (ULIlisted)(FM approved) specifically for fire pump
service. The controller must be capable of performing or contain the following features:
(X) Built in battery charger
( ) timeclock for weekly automatic test
( ) system pressure recorder
( ) timing relay for automatic stop
( ) power failure start
( ) low fuellevel switch
( ) pump roomalarm audible and visual signals
( ) The controller shall be wired to the corresponding engine function terminalsand shall be mounted on a common
base with the engine and pump.A complete running test of the base mounted controller,engine and pump shall be
performed by the pump manufacturer prior to shipment.
( ) The engine controller shall be floor mounted for electrical connection to the engine by the equipment installer.
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.
ClarkeJU4H-UFAEF2
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Elec. Spec.:
Project :Stor House
Customer:Smith Fire Systems
Item No.:1
Quote No. :18106827
DC/1 Ph. 12/115 V. 60 Hz
Pump Model:Peerless - 4AEF12
Capacity:500 (US gpm)
Total Head:90 (psi)
Pump Speed:2350 (RPM)
Impeller Dia.:11.00 (inch)Rotation:Clockwise
Power:74 (hp)
Service Factor:1
Frame/Model:JU4H-UFAEF2
Enclosure/Type:
Page No :10
Date :
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.
5891 Mullen Rd SE Lacey WA 98203
Kyle Nunley
Phone 360-493-1830
Fax 360-923-1841
Thursday, November 01, 2018
Capitol Pump Resources
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Elec. Spec.:
Project :Stor House
Customer:Smith Fire Systems
Item No.:1
Quote No. :18106827
DC/1 Ph. 12/115 V. 60 Hz
Pump Model:Peerless - 4AEF12
Capacity:500 (US gpm)
Total Head:90 (psi)
Pump Speed:2350 (RPM)
Impeller Dia.:11.00 (inch)Rotation:Clockwise
Power:74 (hp)
Service Factor:1
Frame/Model:JU4H-UFAEF2
Enclosure/Type:
Page No :11
Date :
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.
5891 Mullen Rd SE Lacey WA 98203
Kyle Nunley
Phone 360-493-1830
Fax 360-923-1841
Thursday, November 01, 2018
Capitol Pump ResourcesRECEIVED11/19/2018 striplettBUILDING DIVISIONF18006376
* The pump suction and discharge
piping must be restrained and
supported near the pump to avoid
application of forces and
moments to pump casing.
NOZZLE LOADING MAX IMUM FORCES & MOMENTS*
135627121356177944481779
1000200010004001000400
169533901695222455602224
1250250012505001250500
1.3745 INCH
AGENCYAPPROVAL/LISTING:FM/UL
4 INCH
5 INCH
AIR VENT
DIA 4 HOLES
PLAN VIEW OF FEET
DETAIL - SHAFT END
A-A VIEW FROM DRIVER END
SOME HOLES MAYBE TAPPED
RH ROTATION (CW)LH ROTATION (CCW)
A-A VIEW FROM DRIVER END
PUMP WT 376 LB /171 Kg
DISCHARGE FLANGE
SUCTION FLANGE
250 LB ANSIFLG DRILLING
250 LB ANSIFLG DRILLING
125 LB ANSIFLG DRILLING
125 LB ANSIFLG DRILLING
DRAIN 2 PLACES
1/2" NPT BRACKET
28.00
16.0016.00
12.00
DISCHARGE FLANGE
2.002.00
3.753.75
1.00
13.00
21.62
FAR SIDE ONLY
SUCTION AND DISCHARGE
1/4" NPTGAGE CONNECTION
DISCHARGE FLANGE
SUCTION FLANGE
22.75
13.00
7.7512.25
6.50
1.38 1.25
10.2512.50
1.375 INCH
0.15625 INCH
0.3125 INCH
0.75
6.006.00
13.00
5.50
5.50
3.38
14.50
SOME HOLES MAYBE TAPPED
Elec. Spec.:
Project :Stor House
Customer:Smith Fire Systems
Item No.:1
Quote No. :18106827
DC/1 Ph. 12/115 V. 60 Hz
Pump Model:Peerless - 4AEF12
Capacity:500 (US gpm)
Total Head:90 (psi)
Pump Speed:2350 (RPM)
Impeller Dia.:11.00 (inch)Rotation:Clockwise
Power:74 (hp)
Service Factor:1
Frame/Model:JU4H-UFAEF2
Enclosure/Type:
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.
Page No :12
Date :
5891 Mullen Rd SE Lacey WA 98203
Kyle Nunley
Phone 360-493-1830
Fax 360-923-1841
Thursday, November 01, 2018
Capitol Pump Resources
Dimensions in (inch)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
AGENCYAPPROVAL/LISTING:INSTALLING CONTRACTOR (S) TO INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH LATEST EDITIONS
OF NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE,LOCAL CODES AND NFPA PAMPHLET NO. 20 APPLICABLE
TO FIRE PUMP INSTALLATIONSFM/UL
25.00
60.00
25.00
40.00
79.07
65.95
132.00
66.0024.00
72.00
12.00
12.00
42.00
DRAWING FOR LAYOUT PURPOSES ONLY
Battery Set
24" MinContrl DoorClearance
Base Mounted Controller
Fuel Tank w/Fuel System
CPLG GUARD
Elec. Spec.:
Project :Stor House
Customer:Smith Fire Systems
Item No.:1
Quote No. :18106827
DC/1 Ph. 12/115 V. 60 Hz
Pump Model:Peerless - 4AEF12
Capacity:500 (US gpm)
Total Head:90 (psi)
Pump Speed:2350 (RPM)
Impeller Dia.:11.00 (inch)Rotation:Clockwise
Power:74 (hp)
Service Factor:1
Frame/Model:JU4H-UFAEF2
Enclosure/Type:
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.
Page No :14
Date :
5891 Mullen Rd SE Lacey WA 98203
Kyle Nunley
Phone 360-493-1830
Fax 360-923-1841
Thursday, November 01, 2018
Capitol Pump Resources
Dimensions in (inch)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED11/19/2018 striplettBUILDING DIVISIONF18006376
CLOCKWISE
RH ROTATION
ELECTRIC MOTOR
DIESEL ENGINE
DISCHARGE
SUCTION
4AEF12
Elec. Spec.:
Project :Stor House
Customer:Smith Fire Systems
Item No.:1
Quote No. :18106827
DC/1 Ph. 12/115 V. 60 Hz
Pump Model:Peerless - 4AEF12
Capacity:500 (US gpm)
Total Head:90 (psi)
Pump Speed:2350 (RPM)
Impeller Dia.:11.00 (inch)Rotation:Clockwise
Power:74 (hp)
Service Factor:1
Frame/Model:JU4H-UFAEF2
Enclosure/Type:
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.
Page No :13
Date :
5891 Mullen Rd SE Lacey WA 98203
Kyle Nunley
Phone 360-493-1830
Fax 360-923-1841
Thursday, November 01, 2018
Capitol Pump Resources
Dimensions in (inch)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
11
4AEF12
8
76
920
4
3
2
117
6
19
9
165
15
17179
131210
196
REFER TO NFPA REQUIREMENTS AND LOCAL PLUMBING CODES FOR DETAILS
PIPING ARRANGEMENT FOR PRESENTATION PURPOSES ONLY
FLOW METER SYSTEM OPTIONAL
OR SUPPLY
TO WASTE
15. FLOW METER
13. HOSE VALVE CAP AND CHAIN
12. HOSE VALVE
11. HOSE VALVE HEAD10. DRAIN VALVE
9. DISCHARGE TEE
8.ENCLOSED WASTE CONE
7B.MAIN RELIEF VALVE (PILOT OPERATED)
7A.MAIN RELIEF VALVE (DIRECT ACTING)6. ELBOW 90 DEGREE5. CONCENTRIC DISCHARGE REDUCER
4. DISCHARGE GAUGE
3. AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVE
2. SUCTION GAUGE
1. ECCENTRIC SUCTION REDUCER
ONLYITEMS MARKED ARE SUPPLIED
20. SPOOL PIECE
19. INDIC ATING GATE OR INDICATING BUTTERFLYVALVE
17. O S AND YGATE VALVE
16. DISCHARGE CHECK VALVE
ITEMS SUPPLIED BYOTHERS
TO SYSTEMSEE DETAIL "C"
SEE DETAIL "B"
TO WASTE
A
A
SEE NOTE 1SEE NOTE 1SEE NOTE 1
JU4H-UFAEF2
SUCTION
VIEW A-A
TO WASTE
2.LOCATE AIR RELEASE AT HIGH POINT OF CASING
1. ITEM MAY NOT BE REQUIRED IF PUMP SUCTION AND DISCHARGE SIZES ARE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN NFPA RECOMMENDED PIPE SIZES
NOTES:
Elec. Spec.:
Project :Stor House
Customer:Smith Fire Systems
Item No.:1
Quote No. :18106827
DC/1 Ph. 12/115 V. 60 Hz
Pump Model:Peerless - 4AEF12
Capacity:500 (US gpm)
Total Head:90 (psi)
Pump Speed:2350 (RPM)
Impeller Dia.:11.00 (inch)Rotation:Clockwise
Power:74 (hp)
Service Factor:1
Frame/Model:JU4H-UFAEF2
Enclosure/Type:
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.
Page No :15
Date :
5891 Mullen Rd SE Lacey WA 98203
Kyle Nunley
Phone 360-493-1830
Fax 360-923-1841
Thursday, November 01, 2018
Capitol Pump Resources
Dimensions in (inch)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Elec. Spec.:
Project :Stor House
Customer:Smith Fire Systems
Item No.:1
Quote No. :18106827
DC/1 Ph. 12/115 V. 60 Hz
Pump Model:Peerless - 4AEF12
Capacity:500 (US gpm)
Total Head:90 (psi)
Pump Speed:2350 (RPM)
Impeller Dia.:11.00 (inch)Rotation:Clockwise
Power:74 (hp)
Service Factor:1
Frame/Model:JU4H-UFAEF2
Enclosure/Type:
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.
Page No :16
Date :
5891 Mullen Rd SE Lacey WA 98203
Kyle Nunley
Phone 360-493-1830
Fax 360-923-1841
Thursday, November 01, 2018
Capitol Pump Resources
Dimensions in (inch)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Elec. Spec.:
Project :Stor House
Customer:Smith Fire Systems
Item No.:1
Quote No. :18106827
DC/1 Ph. 12/115 V. 60 Hz
Pump Model:Peerless - 4AEF12
Capacity:500 (US gpm)
Total Head:90 (psi)
Pump Speed:2350 (RPM)
Impeller Dia.:11.00 (inch)Rotation:Clockwise
Power:74 (hp)
Service Factor:1
Frame/Model:JU4H-UFAEF2
Enclosure/Type:
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.
Page No :17
Date :
5891 Mullen Rd SE Lacey WA 98203
Kyle Nunley
Phone 360-493-1830
Fax 360-923-1841
Thursday, November 01, 2018
Capitol Pump Resources
Dimensions in (inch)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
FIRE PUMP ENGINES
MODELS
JU4H
MODEL
RATED SPEED US-EPA
(NSPS)
Available
Until
1760 2100 2350
UFAEA0 37 27.5 42 31 46 34 No Expiration
1
UFAEE8 64 48 No Expiration
1
UFAEF2 74 55 74 55 No Expiration
1
UFADJ8 86 64 No Expiration
2
UFADJ2 99 74 99 74 No Expiration
2
FM-UL-cUL APPROVED RATINGS BHP/KW
ITEM JU4H MODELS
UFAEA0 UFAEE8 UFAEF2 UFADJ8 UFADJ2
Number of Cylinders 4
Aspiration T TRWA
Rotation*CW
Overall Dimensions in. (mm) 60 (1524) H x 50 (1270) L x 36.1 (917) W 60 (1524) H x 50.7 (1288) L x 36.1 (917) W
Crankshaft Centerline Height – in. (mm) 14 (356)
Weight – lb (kg) 935 (424) 985 (474)
Compression Ratio 19.0:1
Displacement – cu. in. (L) 275 (4.5)
Engine Type 4 Stroke Cycle – Inline Construction
Bore & Stroke – in. (mm) 4.19 x 5.00 (106 x 127)
Installation Drawing D653 D654
Wiring Diagram AC C07651
Wiring Diagram DC C072128
Engine Series John Deere 4045 Series Power Tech M
Speed Interpolation N/A
SPECIFICATIONS
Abbreviations: CW – Clockwise NA – Naturally Aspirated T – Turbocharged TRWA – Turbocharged with Raw Water Aftercooling L – Length W – Width H - Height
*Rotation viewed from Heat Exchanger / Front of engine
FM
®
ENGINE RATINGS BASELINES
• Engines are to be used for stationary emergency standby fire pump service only. Engines
are to be tested in accordance with NFPA 25.
• Engines are rated at standard SAE conditions of 29.61 in. (752.1 mm) Hg barometer and
77°F (25°C) inlet air temperature [approximates 300 ft. (91.4 m) above sea level] by the
testing laboratory (see SAE Standard J 1349).
• A deduction of 3 percent from engine horsepower rating at standard SAE conditions shall
be made for diesel engines for each 1000 ft. (305 m) altitude above 300 ft. (91.4 m)
• A deduction of 1 percent from engine horsepower rating as corrected to standard SAE
conditions shall be made for diesel engines for every 10°F (5.6°C) above 77°F (25°C)
ambient temperature.
JU4H-UFAEA0 JU4H-UFAEE8 JU4H-UFADJ8
JU4H-UFAEF2 JU4H-UFADJ2
CERTIFIED POWER RATING
• Each engine is factory tested to verify power and performance.
• FM-UL power ratings are shown at specific speeds, Clarke engines can be
applied at these single rated RPM settings with a speed adjustment of ± 50
RPM.
USA EPA (NSPS) Interim Tier 4 1 or Tier 3 2 Emissions Certified Off-Road (40 CFR Part 89) and NSPS Stationary (40 CFR Part 60 Sub Part llll). Meet EU Stage IIIA emission levels.
All Models are available for Export Picture shown represents JU4H- IT4 – T engine model
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
ENGINE EQUIPMENT
C134083 revH
15Sept17
Specifications and information contained in this brochure subject to change without notice.
FIRE PUMP ENGINES
Fire Protection Products, Inc.
100 Progress Place, Cincinnati, Ohio 45246
United States of America
Tel +1-513-475-FIRE (3473) Fax +1-513-771-8930
www.clarkefire.com
UK, Ltd.
Grange Works, Lomond Rd., Coatbridge, ML5-2NN
United Kingdom
Tel +44-1236-429946 Fax +44-1236-427274
www.clarkefire.com
MODELS®
®
EQUIPMENT STANDARD OPTIONAL
Air Cleaner Direct Mounted, Washable, Indoor Service with Drip Shield Disposable, Drip Proof, Indoor Service Outdoor Type, Single or
Two Stage (Cyclonic)
Alarms Overspeed Alarm & Shutdown, Low Oil Pressure, Low & High
Coolant Temperature, Low Raw Water Flow, High Raw Water
Temperature
Low Coolant Level, Low Oil Level, Oil Filter Differential Pressure,
Fuel Filter Differential Pressure, Air Filter Restriction
Alternator 12V-DC, 42 Amps with Poly-Vee Belt and Guard 24V-DC, 40 Amps with Poly-Vee Belt and Guard
Coupling Bare Flywheel Listed Driveshaft and Guard, AEA0 – CDS10-SC; AEE8, AEF2,
ADJ8, ADJ2 – CDS20-SC
Engine Heater 115V-AC, 1000 Watt 230V-AC, 1000 Watt
Exhaust Flex Connection SS Flex, NPT(M) Connection, 3” SS Flex, 150# ANSI Flanged Connection, 4”
Exhaust Protection Metal Guards on Manifolds and Turbocharger
Flywheel Housing SAE #3
Flywheel Power Take Off 11.5” SAE Industrial Flywheel Connection
Fuel Connections Fire Resistant, Flexible, USA Coast Guard Approved, Supply and
Return Lines
SS, Braided, cUL Listed, Supply and Return Lines
Fuel Filter Primary Filter with Priming Pump
Fuel Injection System Stanadyne, Direct Injection
Fuel Solenoid 12V-DC Energized to Stop (ETS) 12V-DC Energized to Run (ETR); 24V-DC Energized to Run (ETR);
24V-DC Energized to Stop (ETS)
Governor, Speed Constant Speed, Mechanical
Heat Exchanger Tube and Shell Type, 60 PSI (4 BAR), NPT(F) Connections – Sea
Water Compatible
Instrument Panel English and Metric, Tachometer, Hourmeter, Water Temperature,
Oil Pressure and Two (2) Voltmeters
Junction Box Integral with Instrument Panel; For DC Wiring Interconnection to
Engine Controller
Lube Oil Cooler Engine Water Cooled, Plate Type
Lube Oil Filter Full Flow with By-Pass Valve
Lube Oil Pump Gear Driven, Gear Type
Manual Start Control On Instrument Panel with Control Position Warning Light
Overspeed Control Electronic with Reset and Test on Instrument Panel
Raw Water Cooling Loop –
w\Alarms
Galvanized Seawater, All 316SS, High Pressure
Raw Water Cooling Loop –
Solenoid Operation
Automatic from Fire Pump Controller and from Engine Instrument
Panel (for Horizontal Fire Pump Applications)
Not Supplied (for Vertical Turbine Fire Pump Applications)
Run – Stop Control On Instrument Panel with Control Position Warning Light
Starters Two (2) 12V-DC Two (2) 24V-DC
Throttle Control Adjustable Speed Control, Tamper Proof
Water Pump Centrifugal Type, Poly-Vee Belt Drive with Guard
Abbreviations: DC –Direct Current, AC – Alternating Current, SAE – Society of Automotive Engineers, NPT(F) – National Pipe Tapered Thread (Female), NPT(M) – National
Pipe Tapered Thread (Male), NA – Naturally Aspirated, T- Turbocharged, ANSI – American National Standards Institute, TRWA – Turbocharged with Raw
Water Aftercooling, SS – Stainless Steel
JU4H-UFAEA0 JU4H-UFAEE8 JU4H-UFADJ8
JU4H-UFAEF2 JU4H-UFADJ2
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
ENGINE PERFORMANCE:
STANDARD CONDITIONS: (SAE J1349, ISO 3046)
77°F (25°C) AIR INLET TEMPERATURE
29.61 IN. (751.1MM) HG BAROMETRIC PRESSURE
#2 DIESEL FUEL (SEE C13940)
Kevin Kunkler 05NOV10
NAMEPLATE BHP (MAXIMUM PUMP LOAD)
THIS DRAWING AND THE INFORMATION
HEREIN ARE OUR PROPERTY AND MAY
BE USED BY OTHERS ONLY AS
AUTHORIZED BY US. UNPUBLISHED --
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED UNDER THE
COPYRIGHT LAWS.
CREATED DATE CREATED
11/05/10
ENGINE MODEL JU4H-UFAEF2
DRAWING NO.
C133641
REV
B
FIRE PUMP MODEL: JU4H-UFAEF2
Heat Exchanger
T urbocharged
4.5L 4 Cylinder
Brake Horsepower - BHP (kw)ENGINE SPEED - RPM
RESTRICTED:
Use only for Stand-By Fire Pump Applications
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
JU4H-UFAEF2
INSTALLATION & OPERATION DATA (I&O)
USA Produced
Basic Engine Description
Engine Manufacturer ......................................................................................................................................................John Deere Co.
Ignition Type ......................................................................................................................................................Compression (Diesel)
Number of Cylinders ......................................................................................................................................................4
Bore and Stroke - in (mm) ......................................................................................................................................................4.19 (106) X 5 (127)
Displacement - in³ (L) ......................................................................................................................................................275 (4.5)
Compression Ratio ......................................................................................................................................................19.0:1
Valves per cylinder
Intake ......................................................................................................................................................1
Exhaust ......................................................................................................................................................1
Combustion System ......................................................................................................................................................Direct Injection
Engine Type ......................................................................................................................................................In-Line, 4 Stroke Cycle
Fuel Management Control ......................................................................................................................................................Mechanical, Rotary Pump
Firing Order (CW Rotation) ......................................................................................................................................................1-3-4-2
Aspiration ......................................................................................................................................................Turbocharged
Charge Air Cooling Type ......................................................................................................................................................None
Rotation, viewed from front of engine, Clockwise (CW) ......................................................................................................................................................Standard
Engine Crankcase Vent System ......................................................................................................................................................Open
Installation Drawing ......................................................................................................................................................D653
Weight - lb (kg) ......................................................................................................................................................935 (424)
Power Rating 2100 2350
Nameplate Power - HP (kW) ¹ ......................................................................................................................................................74 (55)74 (55)
Cooling System - [C051128]2100 2350
Engine Coolant Heat - Btu/sec (kW) ......................................................................................................................................................41 (43.3)46 (48.5)
Engine Radiated Heat - Btu/sec (kW) ......................................................................................................................................................8.6 (9.1)8.6 (9.1)
Heat Exchanger Minimum Flow
60°F (15°C) Raw H2O - gal/min (L/min) ......................................................................................................................................................8 (30.3)8 (30.3)
100°F (37°C) Raw H2O - gal/min (L/min) ......................................................................................................................................................9 (34.1)10 (37.9)
Heat Exchanger Maximum Cooling Raw Water
Inlet Pressure - psi (bar) ......................................................................................................................................................60 (4.1)
Flow - gal/min (L/min) ......................................................................................................................................................40 (151)
Typical Engine H2O Operating Temp - °F (°C) ......................................................................................................................................................180 (82.2) - 195 (90.6)
Thermostat
Start to Open - °F (°C) ......................................................................................................................................................180 (82.2)
Fully Opened - °F (°C) ......................................................................................................................................................201 (93.9)
Engine Coolant Capacity - qt (L) ......................................................................................................................................................15.3 (14.5)
Coolant Pressure Cap - lb/in² (kPa) ......................................................................................................................................................9 (62.1)
Maximum Engine Coolant Temperature - °F (°C) ......................................................................................................................................................221 (105)
Minimum Engine Coolant Temperature - °F (°C) ......................................................................................................................................................105 (40.6)
High Coolant Temp Alarm Switch - °F (°C) ......................................................................................................................................................205 (96.1)
Electric System - DC Standard Optional
System Voltage (Nominal) ......................................................................................................................................................12 24
Battery Capacity for Ambients Above 32°F (0°C)
Voltage (Nominal) ......................................................................................................................................................12 {C07633}12 {C07633}
Qty. Per Battery Bank ......................................................................................................................................................1 2
SAE size per J537 ......................................................................................................................................................8D 8D
CCA @ 0°F (-18°C) ......................................................................................................................................................1400 1400
Reserve Capacity - Minutes ......................................................................................................................................................430 430
Battery Cable Circuit, Max Resistance - ohm ......................................................................................................................................................0.0012 0.0012
Battery Cable Minimum Size
0-120 in. Circuit Length ² ......................................................................................................................................................00 00
121-160 in. Circuit Length ² ......................................................................................................................................................000 000
161-200 in. Circuit Length ² ......................................................................................................................................................0000 0000
Charging Alternator Maximum Output - Amp, ......................................................................................................................................................40 {C07639}18 {C071048}
Starter Cranking Amps, Rolling - @60°F (15°C) ......................................................................................................................................................345 {RE59595/RE59589}250 {C07819/C07820}
* All footnotes are at the bottom of Page 2
Page 1 of 2
C133778 Rev E
DSP 14OCT16
Customer
responsible for
keeping room
temperature below
117 degrees
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
JU4H-UFAEF2
INSTALLATION & OPERATION DATA (I&O)
USA Produced
Exhaust System (Single Exhaust Outlet)2100 2350
Exhaust Flow - ft.³/min (m³/min) ......................................................................................................................................................476 (13.5)524 (14.8)
Exhaust Temperature - °F (°C) ......................................................................................................................................................787 (419)790 (421)
Maximum Allowable Back Pressure - in H2O (kPa) ......................................................................................................................................................30 (7.5)30 (7.5)
Minimum Exhaust Pipe Dia. - in (mm) ³ ......................................................................................................................................................3 (76.2)3 (76.2)
Fuel System 2100 2350
Fuel Consumption - gal/hr (L/hr) ......................................................................................................................................................9.2 (34.8)8.7 (32.9)
Fuel Return - gal/hr (L/hr) ......................................................................................................................................................9.8 (37.1)13.3 (50.3)
Fuel Supply - gal/hr (L/hr) ......................................................................................................................................................19.0 (71.9)22.0 (83.3)
Fuel Pressure - lb/in² (kPa) ......................................................................................................................................................3 (20.7) - 6 (41.4)
Minimum Line Size - Supply - in. .......................................................................................................................................................50 Schedule 40 Steel Pipe
Pipe Outer Diameter - in (mm) ......................................................................................................................................................0.848 (21.5)
Minimum Line Size - Return - in. .......................................................................................................................................................375 Schedule 40 Steel Pipe
Pipe Outer Diameter - in (mm) ......................................................................................................................................................0.675 (17.1)
Maximum Allowable Fuel Pump Suction Lift
with clean Filter - in H2O (mH2O) ......................................................................................................................................................31 (0.8)
Maximum Allowable Fuel Head above Fuel pump, Supply or Return - ft (m) ......................................................................................................................................................4.5 (1.4)
Fuel Filter Micron Size ......................................................................................................................................................5
Heater System Standard Optional
Engine Coolant Heater
Wattage (Nominal) ......................................................................................................................................................1000 1000
Voltage - AC, 1 Phase ......................................................................................................................................................115 (+5%, -10%)230 (+5%, -10%)
Part Number ......................................................................................................................................................{C122188}{C122192}
Air System 2100 2350
Combustion Air Flow - ft.³/min (m³/min) ......................................................................................................................................................205 (5.8)225 (6.4)
Air Cleaner ......................................................................................................................................................Standard Optional
Part Number ......................................................................................................................................................{C03396}{C03327}
Type ......................................................................................................................................................Indoor Service Only,Canister,
with Shield Single-Stage
Cleaning method ......................................................................................................................................................Washable Disposable
Air Intake Restriction Maximum Limit
Dirty Air Cleaner - in H2O (kPa) ......................................................................................................................................................10 (2.5)10 (2.5)
Clean Air Cleaner - in H2O (kPa) ......................................................................................................................................................5 (1.2)5 (1.2)
Maximum Allowable Temperature (Air To Engine Inlet) - °F (°C) ......................................................................................................................................................130 (54.4)
Lubrication System
Oil Pressure - normal - lb/in² (kPa) ......................................................................................................................................................35 (241) - 50 (345)
Low Oil Pressure Alarm Switch - lb/in² (kPa) ......................................................................................................................................................30 (207)
In Pan Oil Temperature - °F (°C) ......................................................................................................................................................220 (104) - 245 (118)
Total Oil Capacity with Filter - qt (L) ......................................................................................................................................................15.5 (14.7)
Lube Oil Heater Optional Optional
Wattage (Nominal) ......................................................................................................................................................150 150
Voltage ......................................................................................................................................................120V (+5%, -10%)240V (+5%, -10%)
Part Number ......................................................................................................................................................{C04430}{C04431}
Performance 2100 2350
BMEP - lb/in² (kPa) ......................................................................................................................................................101 (696)91 (627)
Piston Speed - ft/min (m/min) ......................................................................................................................................................1750 (533)1958 (597)
Mechanical Noise - dB(A) @ 1m ......................................................................................................................................................C133766
Power Curve ......................................................................................................................................................C133641
NOTE: This engine is intended for indoor installation or in a weatherproof enclosure. ¹ Derate 3% per every 1000 ft. 304.8m above 300 ft. 91.4m and derate 1%
for every 10°F 5.55 °C above 77°F 25°C. ² Positive and Negative Cables Combined Length. ³ Minimum Exhaust Pipe Diameter is based on: 15 feet of pipe, one
90° elbow, and one Industrial silencer. A Back-pressure flow analysis must be performed on the actual field installed exhaust system to assure engine maximum
allowable back pressure is not exceeded. See Exhaust Sizing Calculator on www.clarkefire.com. { } indicates component reference part number.
Page 2 of 2
C133778 Rev E
DSP 14OCT16
see exhaust
sizing program at
clarkfire.com for
proper exhaust
sizing.
Customer responsible for
assuring proper combustible
air is available
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Air Cleaner Cylinder Head
Type…………..………….. .. Indoor Usage Only Type…….. …………………Slab 2 Valve
Oiled Fabric Pleats Material…………………….Annealed Gray Iron
Material……..…..…….………Surgical Cotton
Aluminum Mesh Cylinder Liners
Type…….. …………………Centrifugal Cast, Wet Liner
Air Cleaner - Optional Material………………..….…Alloy Iron Plateau, Honed
Type………………………….Canister
Material………………………Pleated Paper Fuel Pump
Housing………………..…… Enclosed Type…………………………Diaphragm
Drive…………………………Cam Lobe
Camshaft
Material………….…………..Cast Iron Heat Exchanger (USA) - JU4H & JU6H Only
Chill Hardened Type…………………………Tube & Shell
Location…………...….……. In Block Materials
Drive……………….………..…Gear, Spur Tube & Headers……………Copper
Type of Cam…………..…....Ground Shell…………………………Copper
Electrode……………………Zinc
Type……….. ..…………….Raw Water Cooled Heat Exchanger (UK) - JU4H & JU6H Only
Materials (in contact with raw water)Type…………………………Tube & Bundle
Tubes……………………………90/10 CU/NI
Headers ……………………36500 Muntz Materials
Covers ……………………83600 Red Brass Tube & Headers……………Copper
Plumbing ……………………316 Stainless Steel/ Brass Shell………..……………. Aluminum
90/10 Silicone
Injection Pump
Type……………………….. Rotary
Drive…………………………Gear
Type…...……………………Air to Air Cooled
Materials Lubrication Cooler
Core…………………………Aluminum Type…………………………Plate
Coolant Pump Lubrication Pump
Type……….…………………Centrifugal Type…………………………Gear
Drive……………………………Poly Vee Belt Drive…………………………Gear
Coolant Thermostat Main Bearings
Type……………………………Non Blocking Type…………………………Precision Half Shells
Qty……………………………1 Material………………………Steel Backed-Aluminum
Lined
Cooling Loop (Galvanized)
Tees, Elbows, Pipe…………Galvanized Steel Piston
Ball Valves……………………Brass ASTM B 124, Type and Material…………Aluminum Alloy with
Solenoid Valve………………Brass Reinforced Top Ring Groove
Pressure Regulator…………Bronze Cooling………………………Oil Jet Spray
Strainer………………………Cast Iron (1/2" - 1" loops) or
Bronze (1.25" - 2" loops)Piston Pin
Type…………………………Full Floating - Offset
Cooling Loop (Sea Water)Piston Rings
Tees, Elbows, Pipe…………316 Stainless Steel Number/Piston…………… 3
Ball Valves……………………316 Stainless Steel Top………………………… Keystone Barrel Faced -
Solenoid Valve………………316 Stainless Steel Plasma Coated
Pressure Regulator/StrainerCast Brass ASTM B176 Second………………………Tapered Cast Iron
C87800 Third…………………………Double Rail Type
w/Expander Spring
Cooling Loop (316SS)
Tees, Elbows, Pipe…………316 Stainless Steel Radiator - JU4R & JU6R Only
Ball Valves……………………316 Stainless Steel Type……………………… Plate Fin
Solenoid Valve………………316 Stainless Steel Materials
Pressure Regulator/Strainer316 Stainless Steel Core……………………… Copper & Brass
Tank & Structure……….. Steel
Connecting Rod
Type……………………………I-Beam Taper Optional
Material………………………Forged Steel Alloy Marine Coating……………Baked Phenolic
Crank Pin Bearings Valves
Type……………………………Precision Half Shell Type…….. …………………Poppet
Number………………………1 Pair Per Cylinder Arrangement………… ……Overhead Valve
Material………………………Wear-Guard Number/Cylinder……………1 intake
1 exhaust
Crankshaft Operating Mechanism……Mechanical Rocker Arm
Material………………………Forged Steel Type of Lifter…………….. Large Head
Type of Balance…………… Dynamic Valve Seat Insert……………Replaceable
Cylinder Block
Type……………………………One Piece with
Non-Siamese Cylinders
Material………………………Annealed Gray Iron
Charge Air Cooler (JU6R-AA67, 59, 61, PF, Q7, RF,
S9, 83 only)
JU4H, JU4R & JU6H, JU6R ENGINE MODELS
ENGINE MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
Charge Air Cooler (JU6H-60,62,68,74,84, ADK0,
AD58, ADNG, ADN0, ADQ0, ADR0, AAQ8, AARG,
ADP8, ADP0, ADT0, AD88, ADR8, AD98, ADS0,
ADW8, ADX8, AD98 only)
C13615 26AUG17RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Rating Specific Emissions Data
Nameplate Rating Information
Clarke Model JU4H-UFAEF2
Power Rating (BHP/kW) 74/55
Certified Speed (RPM) 2350
Refer to Rating Data section on page 2 for emissions output values
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Rating Specific Emissions Data - John Deere Power Systems
Rating Data
Rating 4045TF290C
Certified Power(kW)55
Rated Speed 2350
Vehicle Model Number OEM (Fire Pump)
Units g/kW-hr g/hp-hr
NOx 3.36 2.51
HC 0.29 0.22
NOx + HC --
Pm 0.16 0.12
CO 1.1 0.8
Certificate Data
Engine Model Year 2018
EPA Family Name JJDXL04.5214
EPA JD Name 350TAD
EPA Certificate Number JJDXL04.5214-008
CARB Executive Order
Parent of Family 4045TF290I
Units g/kW-hr
NOx 4.21
HC 0.39
NOx + HC 4.6
Pm 0.25
CO 1.2
* The emission data listed is measured from a laboratory test engine according to the test
procedures of 40 CFR 89 or 40 CFR 1039, as applicable. The test engine is intended to represent
nominal production hardware, and we do not guarantee that every production engine will have
identical test results. The family parent data represents multiple ratings and this data may have
been collected at a different engine speed and load. Emission results may vary due to engine
manufacturing tolerances, engine operating conditions, fuels used, or other conditions beyond
our control.
This information is property of Deere & Company. It is provided solely for the purpose of
obtaining certification or permits of Deere powered equipment. Unauthorized distribution of this
information is prohibited.
Emissions Results by Rating run on Jan-31-2018
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED11/19/2018 striplettBUILDING DIVISIONF18006376
RECEIVED11/19/2018 striplettBUILDING DIVISIONF18006376
JU4H-UFAEF2
NOISE DATA
USA Produced
Mechanical Engine Noise *
Octave Band
Raw Exhaust Engine Noise **
Octave Band
* Values above are provided at 3.3ft (1m) from engine block and do not include the raw exhaust noise.
** Values above are provided at 23ft (7m), 90° horizontal, from a vertical exhaust outlet and does not include noise created mechanically by the engine.
The above data reflects nominal values for a typical engine of this model, speed and power in a free-field environment, tested at a no-load condition.
Installation specifics such as background noise level and amplification of noise levels from reflecting off of surrounding objects, will affect the overall noise
levels observed. As a result of this, Clarke makes no guarantees to the above levels in an actual installation.
RPM BHP OVERALL
dB(A)
31.5 Hz
dB(A)
63 Hz
dB(A)
125 Hz
dB(A)
250 Hz
dB(A)
500 Hz
dB(A)
1 kHz
dB(A)
2 kHz
dB(A)
4 kHz
dB(A)
8 kHz
dB(A)
16 kHz
dB(A)
2100 67 103.90 63.40 65.80 89.60 85.50 92.80 98.90 98.20 94.00 86.20 73.40
2350 72 103.50 64.20 65.50 89.50 86.80 94.30 99.00 98.00 94.20 86.70 73.80
RPM BHP OVERALL
dB(A)
31.5 Hz
dB(A)
63 Hz
dB(A)
125 Hz
dB(A)
250 Hz
dB(A)
500 Hz
dB(A)
1 kHz
dB(A)
2 kHz
dB(A)
4 kHz
dB(A)
8 kHz
dB(A)
16 kHz
dB(A)
2100 -
2350 67 - 72 106.40 0.00 96.20 100.60 95.30 97.50 97.10 99.80 96.00 86.70 80.30
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED11/19/2018 striplettBUILDING DIVISIONF18006376
ABDWgt# ABDWgt# ABDWgt# ABDWgt#2.00 6 24.00 15 2.00 6 30.00 20 2.00 6 42.00 31 2.00 10 44.00 542.50 8 24.00 22 2.50 8 30.00 28 2.50 8 42.00 42 2.50 12 46.00 693.00 8 25.00 26 3.00 8 31.00 32 3.00 8 43.00 45 3.00 12 46.00 70ABDWgt# ABDWgt# ABDWgt# ABDWgt#4.00 10 32.00 45 4.00 10 44.00 61 4.00 10 56.00 83 4.00 14 60.00 1115.00 12 44.00 67 5.00 12 56.00 91 5.00 12 68.00 117 5.00 18 68.00 1766.00 12 44.00 74 6.00 12 56.00 98 6.00 12 68.00 131 6.00 18 68.00 1848.00 18 56.00 142 8.00 18 68.00 177 8.00 18 92.00 235 8.00 26 96.00 39410.00 22 72.00 217 10.00 22 84.00 284 10.00 22 108.00 342 10.00 30 110.00 696P/NP/NC06720C06721C06724P/NC06518C06519C06520C06521C06716C06717C06718C06722C06723C06545C06546P/NP/NC06514C06515C06516C06522C06532C06533C06534C06535C06536END INLET, END OUTLET4"‐12" 150# ANSI FLANGECRITICAL HOSPITALRESIDENTIALCRITICALRESIDENTIALHOSPITALP/NC06547C06548C06540C06541INDUSTRIALINDUSTRIAL2"‐3.5" NPT CONNECTIONSC06542C06544C06528P/NC06529C06530P/N11223344AABBCCDDD451HSILENCER, EXHAUST (END INLET,END OUTLET) & (SIDE INLET, ENDOUTLET)CONTROLLEDDRAWINGFire Protection Products, Inc.PAGE OF1 REVYESUNITSSCALEPART NO.DRWNDATEENGRMATERIALASSEMBLY7/22/1992DMPOTTERNAMENOMM [INCH]DMPOTTERTHIS DRAWING AND THE INFORMATION HEREON ARE OUR PROPERTY AND MAY BE USED BY OTHERS ONLY AS AUTHORIZED BYUS. UNPUBLISHED--ALL RIGHTS RESERVED UNDER THE COPYRIGHT LAWSDECIMALX.X.XX.XXX.XXXX.XXXXmm1.50.80.30.025inch 0.060.030.010.001DECIMALX.X.XX.XXmm31.5inch 0.120.06MACHINE TOLERANCEFABRICATION TOLERANCE2 NTSANGULAR: 0.5ANGULAR: 1.0ORIGINAL USAGESIMILAR TON/AREVDESCRIPTIONECN#DWNAPVDDATEE ADDED INDUSTRIAL SILENCERS 4407 DTH JCA 25FEB16-ADDED NPT VIEW 3862 JGV JCA 21APR16FREMOVED 3.5" & 12" AND UPDATED MATERIAL3862 JGV JCA 28APR16G REMOVED DRAIN FROM OUTLET SIDE 3862 JGV JCA 06OCT16H UPDATED PAGE 2 FIGURES 3862 CRD JCA 29OCT16DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHESNOTES:1. DUAL SHELL DESIGN TO ELIMINATE SHELL RADIATED NOISE AND INCREASE DURABILITY.2. CARBON STEEL CONSTRUCTION.3. COATED WITH SATIN BLACK PAINT RATED TO 1200°F4. CONNNECTIONS: -MALE NPT ON 3.5" AND SMALLER -125/150# ANSI FLANGES5. EQUIPPED WITH PORT PLUGGED DRAIN.6. ALL WELDED CONSTRUCTION.RECEIVED11/19/2018 striplettBUILDING DIVISIONF18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Therma Gauge Stainless Level One—Type H-S1
Calibration: Consists of 3 pieces.
Outer plastic piece, inner plastic piece,
and a piece of paper in between.
Red Lock Nut: HDPE Plastic.
Bushing:
Aluminum bushing, can be 2” or 1.5”.
HDPE Float: High Density Polyeth-
ylene Plastic.
Internal Rods: 316 Stainless Steel Non
Riveted Assembly.
What it is:
Top mounted liquid level gauge that can measure from 6 inches to 144
inches in depth. Bushing size can be 2” or 1.5”. Gauges are custom
made in house to fit your tank. Can also accommodate for double walls
and pipe risers. The Type H Gauge has a 2 piece bushing construction
that allows you to aim your swing arm away from walls, corners, and
other obstructions.
Additional Options - Not included:
Audible Alarm Accessory: This add on feature can turn your mechanical
gauge into an audible Hi or Lo level alarm.
LED At-A-Glance Accessory: Another add on feature. This can give
your mechanical gauge remote reading capability.
Gauge Guard: A cover that protects the exposed plastic components on
top of the gauge.
Replacement Parts -
H-Kit - Replaces all of the gauge components from the red lock nut and
up. Includes: Red HDPE Plastic Nut, Duro Nitrile Gasket, Plastic
Cellulose acetate inner and outer calibration.
HG-Kit-ALN - Replaces all of the gauge components from the red lock
nut and up with upgraded parts. Includes: Aluminum Lock Nut, Duro
Nitrile Gasket, Plastic Cellulose acetate outer calibration, Glass inner
calibration.
Krueger Sentry Gauge
1873 Siesta Lane
Green Bay, WI 54313
www.ksentry.com
Contact us for more info:
Ph: 920-434-8860
Fax: 920-434-8897
Email: info@ksentry.com
Instructions for Operation:
This gauge is a simple volume reading tool. The top of the red indicator
is an indication of your approximate fuel level in your tank. Once
installed, you simply view the calibration to monitor your tank level.
Indicator is calibrated in eighths of a tank on one side, and quarters of a
tank on the other.
®
®
Part Number—
H-(size opening)-(tank depth)+(ext)-(S1)
Sample—H-2-48+12-S1
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
LEAK SENSING FLOAT
SWITCH ASSEMBLY FOR
DOUBLE WALL TANKS
MODEL # FLO-L10785
Description
• Complete leak sensing switch
assembly, designed for easy
mounting on double wall fuel tanks
• Mounts directly in the 1” NPT
annular space drain found on most
fuel tanks
• Complete assembly, including
magnetic float switch with contact,
cast iron tee and fittings and large
conduit housing – no other parts
required!
• Simple to install and wire to
controller or alarm panel
Specifications
• Float switch – polypropylene
• Conduit housing – polypropylene
• Tee and fittings – cast iron
• Switch contact – normally open
(N.O.) closed to alarm
• Contact rating – 1 amp max. @
24VDC resistive, .08 amp @
120VAC resistive, pilot duty only
• Weight – 4 lbs.
Flotronix Corporation © 2000 • 8481 Bash St., Unit 1500 • Indianapolis, IN 46250
317 849-7377 • Fax: 317 849-7337 • http://www.flotronixcorp.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
DIESEL Engine Fire Pump Controllers
Features 1-1
FD120 Diesel Engine Controllers
For more information visit: www.chfire.com BR05805067K/D
Product Description
The DIESEL Plus Fire Pump Controllers from
Eaton Corporation are designed to control
and monitor 12 or 24 volt, diesel fire pump
engines and are among the most technically
advanced diesel engine controllers available.
They are an enhanced version of the original
microprocessor-based, FD100 Series of
diesel engine controllers. Programming is
straightforward due to the use of the core
firmware and menu structure utilized in the
LMR Plus Series of electric controllers.
Product Features
Communication
Embedded Web Page
The embedded web pages allow the user to
view the current status of the controller as
well as all amperage readings, set points,
diagnostics and history. An external computer
connected via the optional ethernet port is
used to access the pages. The specific data
required can be downloaded for reference
purposes.
Communication Types
USB
The USB port is used to download the
controller message history, statistics,
diagnostics, status and configuration data to
a USB disk drive. The USB port can also be
used to upload custom messages, additional
languages, and update the microprocessor
firmware.
The controller can be ordered with the option
to display and output current values and
status, on command, from various software
protocols.
An embedded web page for retrieving
diagnostics and history reports, can be
accessed from the optional Ethernet
communication port.
An optional Rs485 serial port can be used for
direct connection to a computer for data
transfer.
Ethernet
An external computer can communicate with the
Diesel Plus controller via the optional ethernet
port. An embedded web page will display the
controller's current status, as well as display all
current readings, set points and history.
Modbus
The Diesel Plus fire pump controllers have the
option to communicate to systems using the
Regular level of Modbus (includes both RTU
and ASCII transmission modes).
Communication settings are user configurable
through the Diesel Plus configuration menu.
Field Connections
Inputs
Standard Inputs
• Deluge Valve
•Low Suction
•Interlock On
•Pump Start
•Low Fuel
•Programmable Inputs (10)
Programmable Inputs
Up to 10 additional, programmable inputs can
be programmed to indicate up to 13 different
types of inputs. They can be programmed to
energize the common alarm output, link to
relays and optional LED's and latch until reset
by the user.
All optional inputs, outputs and LED's can be
linked, as required. They can also be
programmed with time delay functions.
Outputs
Standard Output Relays
All standard output relays are 8 amp, DPDT.
• Future # 1
•Future # 2
•Low Fuel
•Auto Mode
•Common Alarm
Optional Output Relays
There is provision to add up to eight additional
relay outputs, via four optional relay output
boards which mount in a snap-on configuration.
Each board contains a maximum of 2 additional
relays.
Engine Run Relay
The Power I/O Board houses a 10 Amp engine run
relay which is used for alarm purposes, or to power
external louvers.
Common Alarm Relay
The FD120 controller has a common alarm relay
which energizes whenever there are any alarm
conditions present. This relay is energized under
normal conditions and has LED status indication.
Alarm Relay Rating
All alarm relays are rated 10 amps, 220Vac, 1/3HP
resistive load only.
Programmable Outputs
Up to 10 additional, programmable outputs (two
standard; eight via optional output boards) can be
programmed to indicate up to 45 output conditions.
They can be programmed for fail safe and latch
until reset by the user. All optional inputs, outputs
and LED's can be linked, as required. They can
also be programmed with time delay functions. As
well, six optional alarm LED's can be programmed
for up to 28 alarm conditions.
Power / Voltage
Universal Voltage Supply
The controller can be powered with supply voltages
from 90Vac to 240Vac by connecting to the three
input terminals L,N,G located on the bottom left of
the engine board.
Dual Output
12 or 24Vdc output is selectable via a DIP Switch
located on the battery chargers.
Note: Each controller is factory set for 12Vdc. If
24Vdc is required from the factory, it should be
noted on the ordering information.
Line Filter
A line filter incorporated onto the engine board, is
used to reduce/eliminate external incoming voltage
transients.
AC Power Disconnect
A breaker located inside the controller on the
Engine Board, is used to switch on and off AC
power to the unit. It will illuminate when energized.
DC Power Disconnect
The engine board houses two on-board circuit
breakers used to switch on or off DC power from
the batteries.
Each breaker has an LED mounted on the engine
board that illuminates when the breaker is
energized.
May 2011
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
For more information visit: www.chfire.com
Alarm and Status Indication
Accessibility
All alarm and status LED's as well as the
LCD Display and programming buttons are
accessible from the front of the controller.
LCD Display
The Controller Display Board contains a 4
Line by 40 Characters wide, backlit, LCD
display which is capable of generating
multiple languages. The display will show the
current system pressure, time and date,
charger output voltage and any custom
messages, alarms or timer values.
Alarm & Status LED's
Status LED's
The controller is supplied with ten (10) green
status LED's for the following:
ENGINE RUN
REMOTE START
INTERLOCK ON
DELUGE VALVE
Six Programmable LED's - (numbered 1
through 6)
Alarm LED's
The controller is supplied with fourteen (14)
red alarm LED's for the following:
BATTERY #1 FAILURE
CHARGER # 1 FAILURE
BATTERY #2 FAILURE
CHARGER # 2 FAILURE
LOW PRESSURE
SYSTEM OVER PRESSURE
LOW SUCTION PRESSURE
LOW FUEL
FAIL TO START
HIGH ENGINE TEMP
LOW OIL PRESSURE
ENGINE OVER SPEED
ECM SELECTOR IN ALT POSITION
FUEL INJECTION MALFUNCTION
Statistics
Up to 27 of statistical points are recorded to
provide a quick review of how the system
has been operating. The statistics can be
viewed on the main display, saved to a USB
disk drive, or viewed on the embedded
webpage.
Diagnostics
Up to ten diagnostic points are recorded that
can be used to help in troubleshooting issues
with the controller. The diagnostics can be
viewed on the main display, saved to a USB
disk drive, or viewed on the embedded
webpage.
Message History
Up to10k alarm/status messages can be stored
in the controller memory. They can be viewed
on the main display, saved to a USB disk drive,
or viewed on the embedded webpage.
DC Fail
A visual indication and audible alarm is provided
to indicate DC power loss due to one or both
batteries being disconnected from the controller.
This indication will also be provided if the
controller is not operating due to an electronic
board failure.
Programmable Features
• Languages
(English, French, Spanish Standard.
Other languages are available. Consult
factory.)
• Date and Time
•Pressure Start and Stop Points
•Low and High Pressure Alarms
•Stop Mode
•Low Suction Shutdown
•Pressure Recording Parameters
•Run Period Timer
•Weekly Test Timer
•Sequential Start Timer
•AC Failure Alarm
•AC Fail to Start
Enclosures
Ratings
All FD120 controllers come standard with
NEMA 2 enclosures unless otherwise ordered.
Available options include: NEMA 3R, 4, 4X, 12.
Reduced Size
A streamlined internal design has allowed the
overall size of the DIESEL Plus controllers to be
reduced from previous models. See
dimensional drawings on our website.
Technical Specifications
Supply Voltage: 90-240Vac
Output Voltage: 12-24Vdc
Hertz: 50/60 Hz
Enclosure: Standard NEMA 2
Optional NEMA 3R, 4, 4X, 12
Temperature: 4 to +40 deg. C; 39 to +104 deg. F
Alarm Relays: 24Vdc, DPDT 8amp
Engine Run Relay: 24Vdc, DPDT 10amp
Crank / Fuel Stop Relays: 24Vdc, SPDT
Pressure Transducer: 600psi
Immunity Compliance: Environment A
Emission Compliance: Environment B
Battery Chargers
• Mode: Switching
•Dual 10 Amp
•Communication to Power I/O Board
•Diagnostics Recording
•Lead Acid or NiCad
•Three Step Charge
•Internal Temperature Monitoring
•Universal Voltage Input
•Selectable Dual Voltage Output
Standards & Certification
The FD120 Diesel Engine Fire Pump Controllers
meet or exceed the requirements of Underwriters
Laboratories, Underwriters Laboratories Canada,
Factory Mutual, the Canadian Standards
Association, New York City building code, CE mark
and U.B.C / C.B.C. Seismic requirements, and are
built to NFPA 20 standards.
FD120 Diesel Engine Controllers
DIESEL Engine Fire Pump Controllers
Features1-2
BR05805067K/D
N. Y. C.
APPROVED
U.B.C and C.B.C
Must Be Installed Per Applicable Codeand Manufacturers Recommendations
SEISMIC QUALIFIED
May 2011
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Diesel Engine Controllers
Main Display
Main Display - Diesel Plus Engine Controller
Main Display
For more information visit: www.chfire.comMD05805151K/D
SILENCE
ALARM
MENU
INTERLOCK ON
SPEED SWITCH FAULT
ECM SELECTOR IN ALT POSITION
FUEL INJECTION MALFUNCTION
LOW FUEL
LOW SUCTION PRESSURE
LOW OIL PRESSURE
ENGINE OVERSPEED
HIGH ENGINE TEMPERATURE
ENGINE
TEST
DATA
PRINT
LAMP
TEST
RESET
SAVE/EXIT
ENGINE RUN
REMOTE START
DELUGE VALVE
LOW PRESSURE
FAIL TO START
CHARGER # 1 FAILURE
CHARGER # 2 FAILURE
BATTERY # 1 FAILURE
BATTERY # 2 FAILURE
ACK.
DieselPLUS
4A55737H01
NOTES:
1. Refer to the DIESEL Plus technical manual for details and
setup information, as well as programming and custom
labeling for the Programmable LED’s # 1 through # 6.
N. Y. C.
APPROVED
U.B.C and C.B.C
Must Be Installed Per Applicable Codeand Manufacturers Recommendations
SEISMIC QUALIFIED
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Diesel Engine Fire Pump Controllers
Electrical Wiring Schematic
For more information visit: www.chfire.com
FD120 Diesel Plus Engine Controllers
ES05805162K/C
Electrical Wiring Schematic
NOTES:
1. DELUGE VALVE INPUT NORMALLY CLOSED.
REMOVE JUMPER IF USED.
2. ALL RELAY CONTACTS ARE SHOWN IN NO POWER
CONDITION.
3. ALARM CONTACTS RATED FOR 8A/250VAC. ENGINE
RUN CONTACTS RATED 10A/250VAC.
August 2011
N. Y. C.
APPROVED
U.B.C and C.B.C
Must Be Installed Per Applicable Codeand Manufacturers Recommendations
SEISMIC QUALIFIED INPUT #2LOW FUELINTERLOCK ONDELUGE VALVE (1)INPUT #5INPUT #4INPUT #3INPUT #7INPUT #6INPUT #8INPUT #9REMOTE STARTINPUT #10
LOW FUEL
LOW FUEL
AUTO MODE
AUTO MODE
COMMON ALARM
COMMON ALARM
FUTURE #2
FUTURE #2
ENGINE RUN
CUSTOMER INPUTS
BATTERY #1 INPUT(+)
FUEL & WATER SOLENOID VALVE
OIL PRESSURE SW.
ENGINE RUN SW.
OVERSPEED SW.
ENGINE WATER TEMP. SW.
FUEL SOLENOID
BATTERY #2 INPUT(+)
BATTERY #1 CRANK
90-240VAC POWER
BATTERY #2 CRANK
FUEL INJECTOR FAIL
ECM IN ALTERNATE
(2 SETS FORM-C)
OPTION RELAY #2
(2 SETS FORM-C)
OPTION RELAY #3(2 SETS FORM-C)
OPTION RELAY #4(2 SETS FORM-C)
OPTION RELAY #5(2 SETS FORM-C)
OPTION RELAY #6(2 SETS FORM-C)
OPTION RELAY #7
(2 SETS FORM-C)
OPTION RELAY #8(2 SETS FORM-C)
ENGINE RUN
(NORMALLY ENERGIZED)ALARM CONTACTSENGINE CONNECTIONS
(NORMALLY ENERGIZED)
OPTION RELAY #1
FUTURE #1
FUTURE #1 INPUT #1PUMP STARTLOW SUCTION
BATTERIES (-)
BATTERIES (-)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Diesel Engine Fire Pump Controllers
Field Connections
For more information visit: www.chfire.comES05805164K
Field Connections
FD120 Diesel Plus Engine Controllers
Technical Data and Specifications
Line Terminals (Incoming Cables)
Recommended Wire Size
I/O Board
Battery Wire
Stranded # 14 (1.63 mm)
Stranded # 10 (2.59 mm)
Stranded # 14 (1.63 mm)
Stranded # 8 (3.26 mm)
Engine Board
Stranded # 14 (1.63 mm)
Terminal Number
11, 34-49, 60-95
6, 8, 11
Option Board Terminals
6, 8, 11
1-5, 9, 10, 12, 301, 302, L, N, G
Distance
N. A.
N. A.
N. A.
0 feet to 25 feet (7.62m)
25 feet to 50 feet (7.62 - 15.24m)
Engine Board Terminal Blocks Inputs
Outputs
LOW FUEL
LOW FUEL
AUTO MODE
AUTO MODE
COMMON ALARM
COMMON ALARM
(NORMALLY ENERGIZED)
(NORMALLY ENERGIZED)
FUTURE #1
FUTURE #1
FUTURE #2
FUTURE #2
ENGINE RUN
ENGINE RUN
BATTERY #1 INPUT(+)
FUEL & WATER SOLENOID VALVE
OIL PRESSURE SW.
ENGINE RUN SW.
OVERSPEED SW.
ENGINE WATER TEMP. SW.
FUEL SOLENOID
BATTERY #2 INPUT(+)
BATTERY #1 CRANK
BATTERIES (-)
90-240VAC
BATTERY #2 CRANK
BATTERIES (-)
FUEL INJECTOR FAIL
ECM IN ALTERNATE
POWER
N. Y. C.
APPROVED
March 2010
U.B.C and C.B.C
Must Be Installed Per Applicable Codeand Manufacturers Recommendations
SEISMIC QUALIFIED
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Fire Pump Controllers
Technical Data & Specifications
Wire & Cable Conversion Tables
Technical Data and Specifications - LMR Plus Electric Controllers
Technical Data and Specifications - DIESEL Plus Diesel Engine Controllers
Line Terminals on Main Isolation Switch (Incoming Cables)
Load Terminals (To Motor)
Line Terminals (Incoming Cables)
For more information visit: www.chfire.com SA05805005K
Recommended Wire Size
I/O Board
Battery Wire
Stranded # 14 (1.63 mm)
Stranded # 10 (2.59 mm)
Stranded # 14 (1.63 mm)
Stranded # 8 (3.26 mm)
Engine Board
Stranded # 14 (1.63 mm)
Terminal Number
11, 34-49, 60-95
6, 8, 11
Option Board Terminals
6, 8, 11
1-5, 9, 10, 12, 301, 302, L, N, G
Distance
N. A.
N. A.
N. A.
0 feet to 25 feet (7.62m)
25 feet to 50 feet (7.62 - 15.24m)
American Wire Gauge Diameter
(AWG / MCM)(mm)
(1)#14-1/0 PER Ø (CU/AL)(1.63 - 8.25 mm)
(1)#4-1/0 PER Ø (CU)(5.19 - 11.68 mm)
(1)#3-350MCM PER Ø (CU/AL)(5.83 - 15.03 mm)
(2)3/0-250MCM PER Ø (CU/AL)(10.40 - 12.70 mm)
(2)250-350MCM PER Ø (CU/AL)(12.70 - 15.03 mm)
Qty. & Cable Sizes
American Wire Gauge Diameter
(AWG / MCM)(mm)
(1)#14-2/0 (CU/AL)(1.63 - 9.27 mm)
(1)#14-2/0 (CU/AL)(1.63 - 9.27 mm)
(1)#4-350MCM (CU/AL)(5.19 - 15.03 mm)
(2)#4-350MCM (CU/AL)(5.19 - 15.03 mm)
(2)#2-600MCM (CU/AL)(6.54 - 19.67 mm)
Service Entrance Ground Lug - Qty. & Cable
American Wire Gauge Diameter
(AWG / MCM)(mm)
(1)#14-#3 PER Ø (CU)(1.63 - 5.83 mm)
(1)#4-1/0 PER Ø (CU/AL)(1.63 - 8.25 mm)
(1)#6-250MCM PER Ø (CU/AL)(4.11 - 12.70 mm)
(2)1/0-250MCM PER Ø (CU/AL)(8.25 - 12.70 mm)
(2)2/0-500MCM PER Ø (CU/AL)(9.27 - 17.96 mm)
For Proper Cable Size Refer to National Electrical Code NFPA-70.
Qty. & Cable Sizes
DieselPLUS PLUS LMRPLUS PLUS
March 2010
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Diesel Engine Fire Pump Controllers
Dimensions
FD120 Diesel Plus Engine Controller
Dimensions
Approx. Weight
Lbs. (Kg)
105
(48)
For more information visit: www.chfire.comMD05805148K/C
Standard Enclosure - Type NEMA 2, 3R, (*4, 4X), 12
Dimensions in Inches and [millimeters].
NOTES:
1. All enclosures finished in FirePump red.
2. Cable Entrance bottom only.
3. Standard Enclosure type NEMA 2, 12
4. Enclosure made from #14 Gauge (0.75) HR Steel.
5. Feet are removable.
* NEMA 4, 4X enclosures are supplied:
With 1/4 Turn latches instead of 3 point handle.
May 2011
N. Y. C.
APPROVED
U.B.C and C.B.C
Must Be Installed Per Applicable Codeand Manufacturers Recommendations
SEISMIC QUALIFIED
1 - DIESEL PLUS MEMBRANE
2 - LOCKABLE HANDLE
3 - HAND OFF AUTO SELECTOR SWITCH
4 - STOP BUTTON
5 - CRANK BUTTONS
6 - AUDIBLE ALARM
7 - DC FAIL LIGHT
8 - DISCHARGE 1/4" NPT - FEMALE
9 - SENSING LINE 1/2" NPT - FEMALE
13.11 [333]
26.72 [679]
7.00 [178]
15.00 [381]
19.19 [487]
2.00 [51]
32.98 [838]
34.98 [888]
18.00 [457]
52.98 [1346]
10.56 [268]
1.23 [31]
1.14 [29]
5.75 [146]
10.29 [261]3.32 [84]
1.37 [35]
8.48 [215]
5.31 [135]
3.57 [91]
8.24 [209]
2.37 [60]
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Fuel Level Switches
For more information visit: www.chfire.comMD05805160K
Diesel Engine Fire Pump Controllers
Dimensions
Fuel Level Switch - FD120 Diesel Plus Engine Controller December 2009
Dimensions in Inches.
3A14119-G01: 16 inch unit
3A14119-G02: 45 inch unit
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Diesel Engine Fire Pump Controllers
Part Number / Options Selection Guide
FD120 Diesel Plus Engine Controller
Part Number / Options Selection Guide
For more information visit: www.chfire.comPA05805023K
DIESEL Plus - Diesel Engine Controllers
July 2011
N. Y. C.
APPROVED
U.B.C and C.B.C
Must Be Installed Per Applicable Codeand Manufacturers Recommendations
SEISMIC QUALIFIED
FD120
L1 = English 380*- Supply Voltage (380 - 415V 50/60Hz)
L2 = French 480*- Supply Voltage (460 - 480V 60Hz)
L5 = Spanish 600*- Supply Voltage (575 - 600V 60Hz)
* Other lanugages available.COM - Communications Option
Contact factory for details.CX - Extra Contacts (Two Form-C; Specify Function)
E1 - NEMA 3R - Raintight Enclosure
E2 - NEMA 4 - Watertight Enclosure
E3 - NEMA 12 - Dust Tight Enclosure
E5 - NEMA 4X - 304 Stainless Steel
E8 - Tropicalization
E9 - NEMA 4X - Painted Steel
E10 - NEMA 4X - 316 Stainless Steel
EX - Export Crating
F2 - Floor Stand - 2 Inch Height
LO - Powered Louver Contacts - (1.6 Amp Max)
LO+- Powered Louver Contacts - (Up to 8.0 Amp)
LX - Extra Light (Specify Description)
Ni -Ni Cad Batteries
P7 - Low Suction Pressure Switch
P8 - Shutdown (Requires P7 Option)
P10 - Pressure Transducer - Sea Water
P13 - Externally Mounted Pressure Transducer
R1 - Space Heater (120 / 220V)
R2 - Space Heater c/w Thermostat
R3 -Space Heater c/w Humidistat
R4 - Low Room Temperature Switch
R5 -Space Heater (Internally powered - 120V / 240V)
S1 - Fuel Level Switch, 16 Inch
S2 - Fuel Level Switch, 45 Inch
USB - Externally Mounted USB Port
X1 - Printer
X2 - 4 Inch Chart Recorder (10 - 300 psi fresh water)
* Standard voltage supplied: 110 / 220V 50/60Hz
Language DIESEL Plus Options
Note: All controllers are factory set for 12Vdc operation, unless otherwise noted
on the purchase order.
L1
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
May 2011 Diesel Plus Fire Pump Controllers
For more information visit: www.chfire.com PS05805003K/H
Fire Pump Controllers 1-1
Features
Typical Specifications
1. Approvals
A. The Fire Pump Controller shall meet the require-
ments of the latest edition of NFPA 20 as well as
meeting CE mark requirements. It shall be listed
by [Underwriters Laboratories (UL)] [Underwriters
Laboratories of Canada (ULC)] and approved by
[Factory Mutual Research (FM)] [Canadian Stan-
dards Association (CSA)] [New York Department
of Buildings (NYSB)] for fire pump service.
B. The controller shall be [12 volt / 24 volt] negative
ground, for use with Diesel Engine, Model manu-
factured by _______________.
2. Construction
A. All internal components shall be front mounted
and wired for ease of inspection and mainten-
ance. All relays shall be of the plug-in type, com-
plete with visual indication to show that the relays
are energized. The controller shall include an
LCD display to indicate battery voltage and am-
peres as well as system pressure, in PSI or Bars.
B. The controller shall have twin battery chargers
meeting NFPA 20 requirements. The battery
chargers shall have reverse polarity protection/
indication and be capable of recharging a com-
pletely discharged battery within 24 hours. The
chargers shall auto detect the input voltage of ei-
ther 120VAC or 220VAC and shall be able to be
programmed for either 12VDC or 24VDC output.
C. The controller shall come standard with a breaker
disconnect on the AC line and for both battery
connections.
3. Pressure Sensor
A. A solid-state 4-20mA pressure sensor shall be
provided. The pressure Start and Stop points
shall be adjustable in increments of one (1) PSI.
A low pressure pre-alarm, indicated with a flash-
ing green LED, shall denote a potential pump
starting condition and will remain lit once the
pump has started to indicate the starting cause.
4. Output Relays
A. Two (2) sets of alarm contacts (Form-C) rated at
8A, 220VAC/32VDC, shall be provided for remote
indication of:
1. ENGINE RUN (10A)
2. LOW FUEL
3. AUTO MODE
4. COMMON ALARM
B. Two (2) ‘FUTURE’ relays, each containing two
sets of alarm contacts (Form-C) shall be pro-
vided. Relays can be be factory set to indicate a
specific alarm and shall be field programmable /
adjustable to meet future site requirements:
C. The Common Alarm relay shall be energized
under normal conditions.
5. Enclosure
A. The controller shall be housed in a NEMA Type 2
(IEC IP11) drip-proof, powder baked finish, frees-
tanding enclosure.
B. Optional Enclosures:
1. NEMA 3R (IEC IP14) rain-tight enclosure.
2. NEMA 4 (IEC IP66) watertight enclosure.
3. NEMA 4X (IEC IP66) watertight 304 stain-
less steel enclosure.
4. NEMA 4X (IEC IP66) watertight 316 stain-
less steel enclosure.
5. NEMA 4X (IEC IP66) watertight corrosion
resistant enclosure.
6. NEMA 12 (IEC IP52) dust-tight enclosure.
6. Microprocessor Control
A. The following parameters shall be programmable
and included as standard:
1. START and STOP PSI points
2. High and Low Pressure Alarm Setpoints
3. STOP MODE: Manual or Auto
4. RUN PERIOD TIMER: 0-60 min
5. AC POWER FAILURE: Enable or Disable
6. SEQUENTIAL START TIMER: 0-300 sec.
7. WEEKLY TEST TIMER
8. PRESSURE DEVIATION: 1-99 PSI
9. LANGUAGE: English/French/Spanish/Other
B. The following visual and audible alarms shall be
provided:
FAIL TO START HIGH ENGINE TEMP.
LOW OIL PRESSURE ENGINE RUN
ENGINE OVERSPEED LOW FUEL
BATTERY #1 FAILURE CHGR #1 FAILURE
BATTERY #2 FAILURE CHGR #2 FAILURE
REMOTE START DELUGE VALVE
LOW PRESSURE INTERLOCK ON
SPEED SWITCH FAULT LOW SUCTION
ECM SELECTOR IN ALT POSITION
FUEL INJECTOR MALFUNCTION
STARTER #1 FAILURE
STARTER #2 FAILURE
TRANSDUCER FAILURE
DATA CABLE DISCONNECT
DC FAIL
C. The controller shall have a 4 line by 40 character
LCD display mounted on a panel opening in the
front door. The LCD display shall indicate the fol-
lowing:
1. Main screen displaying system pressure,
Battery #1/#2 voltage and amperage, opera-
tion mode, shutdown mode, custom mes-
sages, alarms, timers, date, and time.
2. Set point review screen displaying the pro-
grammed pressure start and stop points, and
weekly test time.
3. Controller statistics screen, including:
a. Powered Time
Clarke
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
May 2011 Diesel Plus Fire Pump Controllers
For more information visit: www.chfire.com PS05805003K/H
Fire Pump Controllers 1-2
Features
b. Engine Run Time
c. Number of Calls to Start
d. Number of Starts
e. Last Engine Motor Start Time
f. Last Engine Motor Run Time
g. Last Low Pressure Start
h. Minimum Battery #1 Voltage
i. Maximum Battery #1 Voltage
j. Minimum Battery #2 Voltage
k. Maximum Battery #2 Voltage
l. Minimum System Pressure
m. Maximum System Pressure
n. Last System Startup
o. Last Engine Test
p. Last Low Oil Pressure
q. Last High Engine Temp
r. Last Overspeed
s. Last Fail To Start
t. Last Low Fuel
u. Last Charger Failure
v. Last Battery Failure
w. Last ECM Alarm
4. Controller diagnostics screen, including:
a. Date & Time
b. Firmware Version
c. Shop Order Number
d. Customer Order Number
e. Battery Voltage
f. Internal Board Voltage
g. Transformer Output Voltage
h. Current Transformer Outputs
i. Pressure Transducer Calibrated
Settings
j. Input Status
k. Relay Status
5. Display last messages screen that will dis-
play at least the last 10,000 alarms / mes-
sages stored in the controllers' memory.
6. Display up to ten (10) custom messages of
up to 100 characters each, which will conti-
nually scroll across the fourth line of the dis-
play.
7. Remaining time left on active timers.
D. The controller shall be supplied with eleven (11)
green status LED’s for the following:
1. Engine Run
2. Remote Start
3. Low Pressure
4. Interlock On
5. Deluge Valve
6. Six Programmable LED’s
(numbered 1 through 6)
E. The controller shall be supplied with thirteen (13)
red alarm LED’s to indicate the following:
1. BATTERY #1 FAILURE
2. BATTERY #2 FAILURE
3. CHARGER #1 FAILURE
4. CHARGER #2 FAILURE
5. SPEED SWITCH FAULT
6. ECM SELECTOR IN ALT POSITION
7. FUEL INJECTION MALFUNCTION
8. LOW SUCTION PRESSURE
9. FAIL TO START
10. HIGH ENGINE TEMP.
11. LOW OIL PRESSURE
12. ENGINE OVERSPEED
13. LOW FUEL
F. The microprocessor logic board shall be available
with:
1. A USB port for transference of message his-
tory, controller status, diagnostics, and sta-
tistics and the ability to update firmware.
2. An optional Ethernet port for direct connec-
tion to a computer for data transfer.
3. An optional RS485 Serial port for communi-
cation to various external software programs.
4. An optional RS232 Serial Port
G. The controller shall come complete with an em-
bedded web page which allows viewing of the
controllers' current status, data values, pro-
grammed set points, and downloadable history.
H. A Fail-to-Start alarm shall occur if the engine
does not start after the crank cycle.
I. A sequential start timer, weekly test timer and AC
Failure Start timer shall be provided as standard.
J. The controller shall be supplied with interlock and
shutdown circuits as standard. A flashing green
LED shall indicate an interlock on condition.
K. Where shutdown of the pump(s) due to low suc-
tion pressure is required, it shall be accomplished
without the addition of a separate panel or enclo-
sure. The LCD display shall indicate low suction
shutdown. Resetting of the condition shall be au-
tomatic or manual as selected by the user.
L. Means shall be provided to test the operation of
all LED’s to ensure their functionality.
7. Programming Menu
A. The programming menu shall have the ability to
enable an entry password.
B. The programming menu shall be limited to two
(2) levels of password protection.
C. The controller shall have three (3) languages as
a standard, English, French, and Spanish, with
the ability to add a fourth language.
D. The programming menu shall be grouped into 5
main menu headings as follows:
1. Regional Settings
2. Pressure Settings
3. Timer Values
4. Input/Output Menu
5. System Configuration (password protected)
8. Custom Inputs/Outputs
A. The controller shall come standard with ten (10)
future inputs, six (6) future LED indicators, and
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
May 2011 Diesel Plus Fire Pump Controllers
For more information visit: www.chfire.com PS05805003K/H
Fire Pump Controllers 1-3
Features
two (2) future outputs, with the ability to add up to
another 8 outputs via optional relay boards.
B. The user shall be able to program the future in-
puts/outputs and optional relays through the main
programming menu.
C. The inputs shall be selectable based on the fol-
lowing criteria:
1. User selected message or twenty four (24)
predetermined messages.
2. Energize the common alarm relay when the
input is received.
3. Link to a future relay and/or LED indicator.
4. Alarm latched until reset.
5. Normally open or closed input.
6. On-delay timer.
7. Energize the buzzer when the input is re-
ceived.
D. The LED indicators shall be selectable based on
the following criteria:
1. Indication based on a minimum of fourteen
(14) predetermined alarms or a custom in-
put.
E. The future relays shall be selectable based on
the following criteria:
1. Output based on a minimum of forty (40)
predetermined alarms, controller status or a
custom input.
2. Latched until reset.
3. Energized under normal conditions.
4. On or off delay timer on the output.
9. Manufacturer
A. The controller shall be microprocessor based
as manufactured by Eaton Corporation.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
29
GRUNDFOS CR 3 TECHNICAL DATA
Pump Type HP PH Voltage
NEMA
Frame
Size
Oval
B1
ANSI
B1
ODP
B2 D1 D2
TEFC
B2 D1 D2
Oval
ODP
B1+B2
Oval
TEFC
B1+B2
ANSI
ODP
B1+B2
ANSI
TEFC
B1+B2
Oval Ship
Wt.1 [lbs.]
ANSI Ship
Wt.1 [lbs.]
Oval
Ship
Vol.1 [ft³]
ANSI
Ship Vol.1
[ft³]
CR 3-2 1/3 1 115/230 56C 11 12 9 1/4 6 1/4 4 1/2 9 3/8 6 1/4 4 5/8 20 1/4 20 3/8 21 1/4 21 3/8 53.0 62.0 1.8 1.8
3 208-230/460 56C 11 12 9 1/4 6 1/4 4 1/2 9 3/8 6 1/4 4 5/8 20 1/4 20 3/8 21 1/4 21 3/8 53.0 62.0 1.8 1.8
CR 3-3 1/2 1 115/230 56C 11 12 9 1/4 6 1/4 4 1/2 9 3/8 6 1/4 4 5/8 20 1/4 20 3/8 21 1/4 21 3/8 52.1 61.2 1.8 1.8
3 208-230/460 56C 11 12 9 1/4 6 1/4 4 1/2 9 3/8 6 1/4 4 5/8 20 1/4 20 3/8 21 1/4 21 3/8 52.1 61.2 1.8 1.8
CR 3-4 3/4 1 115/208-230 56C 11 3/4 12 3/4 10 3/4 6 1/4 4 1/2 10 6 1/4 4 5/8 22 1/2 21 3/4 23 1/2 22 3/4 54.5 63.5 1.8 1.8
3 208-230/460 56C 11 3/4 12 3/4 9 1/4 6 1/4 4 1/2 9 3/8 6 1/4 4 5/8 21 21 1/8 22 22 1/8 54.5 63.5 1.8 1.8
CR 3-5 3/4 1 115/208-230 56C 12 1/2 13 3/8 10 3/4 6 1/4 4 1/2 10 6 1/4 4 5/8 23 1/4 22 1/2 24 1/8 23 3/8 55.1 64.1 1.8 1.8
3 208-230/460 56C 12 1/2 13 3/8 9 1/4 6 1/4 4 1/2 9 3/8 6 1/4 4 5/8 21 3/4 21 7/8 22 5/8 22 3/4 55.1 64.1 1.8 1.8
CR 3-6 1 1 115/208-230*56C 13 1/8 14 1/8 11 3/8 6 1/4 4 1/2 11 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/4 24 1/2 24 3/8 25 1/2 25 3/8 57.4 66.4 1.8 1.8
3 208-230/460 56C 13 1/8 14 1/8 9 1/4 6 1/4 4 1/2 9 3/8 6 1/4 4 5/8 22 3/8 22 1/2 23 3/8 23 1/2 57.4 66.4 1.8 1.8
CR 3-7 1 1/2 1 115/208-230 56C 13 7/8 14 7/8 11 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/8 11 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/4 25 1/8 25 1/8 26 1/8 26 1/8 64.9 75.0 1.8 2.1
3 208-230/460 56C 13 7/8 14 7/8 10 3/4 6 1/4 4 1/2 10 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/4 24 5/8 24 1/8 25 5/8 25 1/8 64.9 75.0 1.8 2.1
CR 3-8 1 1/2 1 115/208-230 56C 14 5/8 15 1/2 11 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/8 11 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/4 25 7/8 25 7/8 26 3/4 26 3/4 66.7 76.8 1.8 2.1
3 208-230/460 56C 14 5/8 15 1/2 10 3/4 6 1/4 4 1/2 10 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/4 25 3/8 24 7/8 26 1/4 25 3/4 66.7 76.8 1.8 2.1
CR 3-9 1 1/2 1 115/208-230 56C 15 1/4 16 1/4 11 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/8 11 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/4 26 1/2 26 1/2 27 1/2 27 1/2 68.6 78.8 2.1 2.7
3 208-230/460 56C 15 1/4 16 1/4 10 3/4 6 1/4 4 1/2 10 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/4 26 25 1/2 27 26 1/2 68.6 78.8 2.1 2.7
CR 3-10 2 1 115/208-230*56C 16 17 11 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/8 12 1/8 7 1/4 5 1/4 27 1/4 28 1/8 28 1/4 29 1/8 74.4 84.5 2.1 2.7
3 208-230/460 56C 16 17 10 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/8 11 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/4 26 1/4 27 1/4 27 1/4 28 1/4 74.4 84.5 2.1 2.7
CR 3-11 2 1 115/208-230*56C 16 3/4 17 5/8 11 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/8 12 1/8 7 1/4 5 1/4 28 28 7/8 28 7/8 29 3/4 76.6 85.6 2.7 2.7
3 208-230/460 56C 16 3/4 17 5/8 10 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/8 11 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/4 27 28 27 7/8 28 7/8 76.6 85.6 2.7 2.7
CR 3-12 2 1 115/208-230*56C 17 3/8 18 3/8 11 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/8 12 1/8 7 1/4 5 1/4 28 5/8 29 1/2 29 5/8 30 1/2 77.7 86.7 2.7 2.7
3 208-230/460 56C 17 3/8 18 3/8 10 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/8 11 1/4 7 1/4 5 1/4 27 5/8 28 5/8 28 5/8 29 5/8 77.7 86.7 2.7 2.7
CR 3-13 3 1 115/208-230 182TC 19 1/4 20 1/4 13 3/4 8 1/2 5 7/8 13 3/4 8 1/2 6 33 33 34 34 94.5 103.6 2.7 2.7
3 208-230/460 182TC 19 1/4 20 1/4 11 1/2 7 1/4 5 1/8 12 3/8 8 1/2 6 30 3/4 31 5/8 31 3/4 32 5/8 94.5 103.6 2.7 2.7
CR 3-15 3 1 115/208-230 182TC 20 5/8 21 5/8 13 3/4 8 1/2 5 7/8 13 3/4 8 1/2 6 34 3/8 34 3/8 35 3/8 35 3/8 95.7 104.7 2.7 2.7
3 208-230/460 182TC 20 5/8 21 5/8 11 1/2 7 1/4 5 1/8 12 3/8 8 1/2 6 32 1/8 33 33 1/8 34 95.7 104.7 2.7 2.7
CR 3-17 3 1 115/208-230 182TC 22 23 13 3/4 8 1/2 5 7/8 13 3/4 8 1/2 6 35 3/4 35 3/4 36 3/4 36 3/4 96.8 105.8 2.7 2.7
3 208-230/460 182TC 22 23 11 1/2 7 1/4 5 1/8 12 3/8 8 1/2 6 33 1/2 34 3/8 34 1/2 35 3/8 96.8 105.8 2.7 2.7
CR 3-19 3 1 115/208-230 182TC 24 1/2 13 3/4 8 1/2 5 7/8 13 3/4 8 1/2 6 38 1/4 38 1/4 107.4 2.7
3 208-230/460 182TC 24 1/2 11 1/2 7 1/4 5 1/8 12 3/8 8 1/2 6 36 36 7/8 107.4 2.7
CR 3-21 5 1 208-230**213TC 25 7/8 15 3/8 8 1/2 7 3/8 15 3/8 10 5/8 7 1/2 41 1/4 41 1/4 116.4 3.8
3 208-230/460 184TC 25 7/8 14 1/8 7 1/4 5 1/8 16 8 1/2 6 40 41 7/8 116.4 3.8
CR 3-23 5 1 208-230**213TC 27 1/4 15 3/8 8 1/2 7 3/8 15 3/8 10 5/8 7 1/2 42 5/8 42 5/8 118.3 3.8
3 208-230/460 184TC 27 1/4 14 1/8 7 1/4 5 1/8 16 8 1/2 6 41 3/8 43 1/4 118.3 3.8
CR 3-25 5 1 208-230**213TC 28 3/4 15 3/8 8 1/2 7 3/8 15 3/8 10 5/8 7 1/2 44 1/8 44 1/8 120.8 3.8
3 208-230/460 184TC 28 3/4 14 1/8 7 1/4 5 1/8 16 8 1/2 6 42 7/8 44 3/4 120.8 3.8
*TEFC voltage is 115/230 (**230)
1Weights and Volumes based on Pump with 3-phase ODP Motor (see price list for individual weights)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 Q [US GPM]
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
H [ft]
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Q [m³/h]
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
230
H [m]
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
H [ft]
CR 3
60 Hz
3550 RPM
-10
-11
-12
-13
-15
-17
-19
-21
-23
-25
-3
-2
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 Q [US GPM]
0.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
P2
[hp]
0
20
40
60
Eta
[%]
0.00
0.04
0.08
P2
[kW]
P2
Eta
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 Q [US GPM]
0
5
10
NPSH
[ft]
0
5
10
H [ft]
0
2
H [m]
NPSHR
TM02 1507 130128
GENERAL DATA GRUNDFOS CR(I)(N) 1s, 1, 3, and 5PERFORMANCE CURVES GRUNDFOS CR 3
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Jockey Pump Controllers
Microprocessor Based with Color Touchscreen
Color Touchscreen Display
The JOCKEY Touch - Jockey Pump
Controllers are supplied with a micro-
processor based, color touchscreen.
The touchscreen display allows the
user to monitor and program func-
tions and values.
Pressure input is provided by a
4-20mA pressure sensor.
Technical Data
Standards
& Certifi cation
The JOCKEY Touch - Jockey Pump
Controllers meet the requirements of
the latest edition of NFPA 20 as well
as meeting CE mark requirements.
They meet or exceed the require-
ments of UL 508 [Underwriters
Laboratories (UL)] and are approved
by [Canadian Standards Association
(CSA)].
Product Description
ACROSS THE LINE
JOCKEY PUMP CONTROLLERS
The JOCKEY Touch - Jockey Pump
Controllers operate across-the-line.
Full voltage is applied to the motor
for starting by the use of a single
motor starter. Starting inrush current
is approximately 600% of rated full
load amperes.
WYE-DELTA (Star-Delta)
JOCKEY PUMP CONTROLLERS
When six or twelve-lead delta
connected jockey pump motors
are started wye (star) connected,
approximately 58% of line voltage
is applied to each winding. The
motor develops 33% of full-voltage
starting torque and draws 33% of
normal locked-rotor current from the
line. After an adjustable time delay
(during which the motor accelerates),
it is reconnected for normal
operation.
Product Features
Combination Motor Controllers
All JOCKEY Touch
controllers are
supplied with
EATON combination
motor controllers,
which combine the
circuit breaker and
overload in one
device.
Sealed Rotary Handle
Mechanism
The rotary handle mechanism can be
padlocked in the OFF position.
XT Power Controls
The JOCKEY Touch - Jockey Pump
Controllers incorporate Eaton’s XT
Power Controls which are designed
for the global marketplace. The XT
controls carry global ratings, are
small in size and are available in a
wide variety of operating voltages.
They are easy to install and maintain,
due to their modular, plug-in design.
Universal Supply Voltage
The controllers will auto-detect three
phase voltage supply from 200VAC
to 600VAC, 50/60Hz and single phase
from 110VAC to 240VAC, 50/60Hz,
without the use of a control trans-
former.
NEMA 2 Enclosures
Enclosures have an oven baked
powder paint fi nish and are supplied
with NEMA 2 rating, unless otherwise
ordered. Available options include:
NEMA 3R, 4, 4X, 12.
Programmable Functions
Inputs, Outputs, Timers and Virtual
LED’s are programmable via the
touchscreen display.
Starting Methods
There are four methods of starting
the controller: Auto, Hand, Remote
Start and Pump Start.
Diagnostics / Statistics
Eight diagnostics and seven statistics
parameters can be monitored.
Alarm Setpoints
Four alarm setpoints can be pro-
grammed from the Alarm Setpoints
sub-menu.
ACROSS-THE-LINE (Direct On Line)
JOCKEY PUMP CONTROLLERS
Line Voltage
200-208V 220-240V 380-415V 440-480V 550-600V 120V-1Ph 240V-1Ph
Motor Horsepower
1/3-20Hp 1/3-20Hp 1/3-40Hp 1/3-50Hp 1/3-50Hp 1/3-2Hp 1/3-5Hp
WYE-DELTA (Star-Delta)
JOCKEY PUMP CONTROLLERS
Line Voltage
200-208V 220-240V 380-415V 440-480V 550-600V
Motor Horsepower
1/3-40Hp
(0.74-29.42Kw)
1/3-40Hp
(0.74-29.42Kw)
1/3-50Hp
(0.74-36.78Kw)
1/3-50Hp
(0.74-36.78Kw)
1/3-50Hp
(0.74-36.78Kw)
Jockey Pump ControllersEff ective June 2015BR081001EN
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Eaton Industries Canada Company
10725 25th Street NE #124
Calgary, AB T3N0A4
Canada
www.chfire.com
© 2015 Eaton
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Canada
Publication No. BR081001EN
June 2015
BR081001EN Eff ective June 2015 Jockey Pump Controllers
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Dimensions
Jockey Pump Controllers
Technical Data MD081001EN
Standard Enclosure - Type NEMA 2
Eff ective June 2015
200-208V 220-240V 380-415V 440-480V 550-600V
Motor Hp Withstand Rating (kA)Motor Hp Withstand Rating (kA)Motor Hp Withstand Rating (kA)Motor Hp Withstand Rating (kA)Motor Hp Withstand Rating (kA)
0.33 - 0.75
1 - 2
3 - 4
5 - 10
50
65
42
18
0.33 - 0.75
1 - 3
4 - 5
7.5 - 10
50
65
42
18
0.33 - 1.5
2 - 5
7.5
10 - 15
50
65
42
18
0.33 - 2
3 - 5
7.5 - 10
15 - 20
50
65
42
18
0.33 - 7.5
10 - 30
50
10 *
120V 1ph 208V 1ph 240V 1ph Approx. Weight
Motor Hp Withstand Rating (kA)Motor Hp Withstand Rating (kA)Motor Hp Withstand
Rating (kA)
Lbs (Kg)
0.33 - 0.5
0.75 - 1
1.5 - 2
65
42
18
0.33 - 1
1.5 - 2
3 - 4
65
42
18
0.33
0.5 - 1.5
2
3 - 5
50
65
42
18
18 (8)
NOTES:
1. * Upstream circuit breaker required to
maintain kA rating.
2. All enclosures finished in FirePump red.
3. Cable Entrance either top or bottom.
4. Standard Enclosure type NEMA 2
16.13[41] 10.75[273]
16.35[415]
8.08[205]
8.59
[218]
2.13[54] 4.03[102]
PIPING ENTRANCE1/4" NPT - FEMALE
ISOLATION SWITCH
DOOR LATCH
TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY
13.00
[33]
8.00[203]
0.27 [7] X4
WALL MTG. HOLES
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Electrical Wiring Schematic
Jockey Pump Controllers
Technical Data TD081006EN
Three Phase
Eff ective June 2015
L1 L2 L3SP
DIGITAL
PANEL
METER
(DPM)
L2 1L2
L3 1L3
2L2 T2
2L3 T3
P1
P2 1 2 CC3 4 5 6
P3
7
SUPPLY
L1
MOTOR
1L1 2L1 T1
MOTOR CIRCUIT
PROTECTOR
OUTPUT
RELAY #1
OUTPUT
RELAY #2
USB
PORT
CONTACTOR
M
8
9
10
11
12
INPUT #1INPUT #24-20mA
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCERBROWNBLUE M
24VDC
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Part Number / Options Selection Guide
Jockey Pump Controllers
Technical Data PA081005EN
Eff ective June 2015
Languages
L1 = English
L2 = French
L5 = Spanish
L6 = Portuguese
L11 = Turkish
Options
C1 Extra Contacts "Pump Run"
C2 Extra Contacts "AC Power Failure"
CX Extra Contacts (One Form-C; Specify Function)
E1 NEMA 3R - Raintight Enclosure
E2 NEMA 4 - Watertight Enclosure
E3 NEMA 12 - Industrial Dust Tight Enclosure
E5 NEMA 4X - 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure
E8 Tropicalization
E9 NEMA 4X - Painted Steel
E10 NEMA 4X - 316 Stainless Steel Enclosure
EX Export Crating
FTS Extra Contacts “Fail to Start”
LX Virtual LED (Specify Description)
POL "Power-On" Virtual LED
PRL "Pump Run" Virtual LED
P7 Low Suction Pressure Switch & Alarm Virtual LED
P8 Low Suction Shutdown (Requires P7)
P10 Pressure Transducer - Sea Water Rated
R1 Space Heater (120 / 220V) - Externally Powered
R2 Space Heater c/w Thermostat - Externally Powered
R3 Space Heater c/w Humidistat - Externally Powered
USB Externally Mounted USB Port
Amperage Range
Three Phase
G01 0.6-1.0
G02 1.1-1.6
G03 1.7-2.5
G04 2.6-4.0
G05 4.1-6.3
G06 6.4-10.0
G07 10.1-16.0
G08 16.1-20.0
G09 20.1-25.0
G10 25.1-32.0
G11 32.1-40.0
G12 40.1-50.0
G13 50.1-65.0
Single Phase
G14 2.6-4.0
G15 4.1-6.3
G16 6.4-10.0
G17 10.1-16.0
G18 16.1-20.0
G19 20.1-25.0
G20 25.1-32.0
G21 32.1-40.0
G22 40.1-50.0
G23 50.1-65.0
XTJP
XTJY
Other Languages available. Consult factory for details.
Horsepower (KW) *
15 (11)
20 (15)
25 (18.6)
30 (22)
40 (30)
50 (37)
Voltage *
A = 208V - 60HZ
B = 240V - 60HZ
C = 380V - 50HZ
D = 480V - 60HZ
E = 600V - 60HZ
F = 415V - 50HZ
H = 380V - 60HZ
J = 400V - 50HZ
K = 400V - 60HZ
NOTE: To select a proper part number - refer to the current Eaton Pricing Guidelines for available combinations.
* NOTE: Voltage letter designations are only used when
a Horsepower (KW) is selected.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
XTJP / XTJY Jockey Pump Controllers JOCKEYTouchTM
June 2015 For more information visit: www.chfire.com PS05805010K/B
Fire Pump Controllers 1-1
Features
Typical Jockey Pump Controller Specifications
Approvals
The Jockey Pump Controller shall meet the requirements of the
latest edition of NFPA 20 as well as meeting CE mark require-
ments. It shall meet or exceed the requirements of UL 508 [Un-
derwriters Laboratories (UL)] standards and be approved by
[Canadian Standards Association (CSA)].
Starting Type
The controller shall be Across-the-Line or Wye-Delta (Star Del-
ta) type designed for full voltage starting.
Ratings
The Controller shall have a minimum withstand rating of 10,000
symmetrical amperes @ [208V] [240V] [380V] [400V] [415V]
[480V] [600V] [120V Single Phase] [240V Single Phase].
The horsepower rating of the controller shall not exceed 50Hp
for three (3) phase units or 10Hp on single phase units.
Construction
The controller shall include a combination Circuit
Breaker / Overload Motor Protector.
The motor circuit protector shall be mechanically interlocked
such that the enclosure door cannot be opened when the han-
dle is in the on position except by a tool operated defeater
mechanism.
The controller manufacturer shall manufacture the contactor,
motor circuit protector, touchscreen display, and enclosure.
Brand-labeled components will not be accepted.
Supply Voltage
The jockey pump controller shall auto-detect three phase volt-age supply from 200VAC to 600VAC, 50/60Hz and single
phase from 110VAC to 240VAC, 50/60Hz, without the use of a
control transformer.
Coil Voltages The jockey pump controller shall have the following available
coil voltages
120VAC 50/60 Hz or 24VDC
Enclosure
The controller shall be housed in a NEMA Type 2 (IEC IP11)
drip-proof, powder baked finish, freestanding enclosure.
Optional Enclosures
1. NEMA 3R (IEC IP14) rain-tight enclosure.
2. NEMA 4 (IEC IP66) watertight enclosure.
3. NEMA 4X (IEC IP66) watertight 304 stainless steel
enclosure.
4. NEMA 4X (IEC IP66) watertight 316 stainless steel
enclosure.
5. NEMA 4X (IEC IP66) watertight corrosion resistant
enclosure.
6. NEMA 12 (IEC IP52) dust-tight enclosure.
Languages
The controller shall be available in a variety of languages
including, but not limited to:
English, French, Spanish, Portuguese, Turkish.
Touchscreen Display
The controller shall be supplied with a color touchscreen
display that shall indicate the following: Supply Voltage on all
phases, Current Pressure, Start Pressure and Stop Pressure.
The touchscreen display shall be supplied with a solid-state
4-20mA pressure sensor. The pressure Start and Stop points
shall be adjustable in increments of one (1) PSI or 0.1 BAR.
The touchscreen display shall be a door-mount type that
permits exterior programming with the controller door secured.
Options
The jockey pump controller shall have provision to be supplied with the following options:
C1 Extra Contacts “ Pump Run”
C2 Extra Contacts “AC Power Failure”
CX Extra Contacts (One Form-C; Specify Function) E1 NEMA 3R – Raintight Enclosure
E2 NEMA 4 – Watertight Enclosure
E3 NEMA 12 – Industrial Dust Tight Enclosure
E5 NEMA 4X – 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure
E8 Tropicalization
E9 NEMA 4X - Painted Steel
E10 NEMA 4X - 316 Stainless Steel Enclosure
EX Export Crating
FTS Extra Contacts “Fail to Start”
LX Virtual LED (Specify Description)
POL “Power On” Virtual LED
PRL “Pump Run” Virtual LED
P7 Low Suction Pressure Switch and Alarm Virtual LED
P8 Low Suction Shutdown (Requires P7)
P10 Pressure Transducer – Sea Water
R1 Space Heater (120 / 220V)
R2 Space Heater c/w Thermostat
R3 Space Heater c/w Humidistat
Manufacturer
The controller shall be of the XTJP Across-the-Line or
XTJY Wye Delta (Star-Delta) type as manufactured by
EATON.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Page 1 of 2
Zurn Industries, LLC | Wilkins1747 Commerce Way, Paso Robles, CA U.S.A. 93446 Ph. 855-663-9876, Fax 805-238-5766
In Canada | Zurn Industries Limited3544 Nashua Drive, Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1L2 Ph. 905-405-8272, Fax 905-405-1292
www.zurn.com
Rev. M
Date: 6/17
Document No. BF-375ASTDA
Product No. Model 375ASTDA
Model 375ASTDA
Reduced Pressure Detector Assembly
Options (Suffixes can be combined)
- with flanged end OS & Y gate valves (standard)
LM - less water meter
- with remote reading meter
- with gpm meter (standard)
CFM - with cu ft/min meter
G - with grooved end OS&Y gate valves
FG - with flanged inlet gate connection and grooved outlet gate connection
MS - with Integral Relief Valve Monitor Switch
PI - with Post Indicator Gate Valves
BG - with grooved end butterfly valves with integral supervisory switch
BF - with flanged end butterfly valves with integral supervisory switch
–509 - with AWWA C509 gate valves
RV - with by-pass on right hand side
Accessories
Air gap (Model AG)
Repair kit (rubber only)
Thermal expansion tank (Model XT)
OS & Y Gate valve tamper switch (OSY-40)
QT-SET Quick Test Fitting Set
Application
Designed for installation on water lines in fire protection
systems to protect against both backsiphonage and back-
pressure of contaminated water into the potable water supply.
The Model 375ASTDA shall provide protection where a po-
tential health hazard exists. Incorporates metered by-pass
to detect leaks and unauthorized water use.
Standards Compliance (Horizontal)
• ASSE® Listed 1047
• AWWA Compliant C550
• UL® Classified
• C-UL® Classified
• FM® Approved
• CSA® Certified B64.4
• Approved by the Foundation for Cross Connection Control
and Hydraulic Research at the University of Southern
California
• Meets the requirements of NSF/ANSI 61**(0.25% MAX. WEIGHTED AVERAGE LEAD CONTENT)
By-Pass Backflow Assembly 3/4" Model 975XLD
Materials
Main valve body 304L Stainless steel
Access covers 304L Stainless steel
Internals Stainless steel 300 Series
NORYL™
Fasteners & Springs Stainless steel, 300 Series
Elastomers EPDM (FDA approved)
Buna Nitrile (FDA approved)
Polymers NORYL™
Sensing line Stainless steel, braided hose
Features
Sizes: 2 1/2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10"
Maximum working water pressure 175 PSI
Maximum working water temperature 140°F
Hydrostatic test pressure 350 PSI
End connections (Grooved for steel pipe) AWWA C606
(Flanged) ANSI B16.1
Class 125
Dimensions & Weights (do not include pkg.)
MODEL
375ASTDA with
standard OS&Y
Relief Valve discharge port:
2 1/2"- 6" - 2.75 sq. in.
8"-10" - 3.69 sq. in.
MODEL
375ASTDA with
BG option
MODEL 375ASTDASIZE
WEIGHT
WITH OS&YGATES (GXF)WITH OS&YGATES(GXG)
WITH BUTTERFLY VALVES (GXG)
WITH BUTTERFLY VALVES (GXF)
in.mm lbs.kg lbs.kg lbs.kg lbs.kg
2 1/2 65 137 62 127 58 104 47 114 52
3 80 155 71 143 65 109 50 122 56
4 100 229 104 209 95 112 51 134 61
6 150 364 166 334 152 176 80 206 94
8 200 681 309 627 284 364 165 387 176
10 250 900 408 842 382 536 243 594 269
MODEL375ASTDASIZE
DIMENSION (approximate)
A
A WITH
BUTTERFLY VALVES
B LESS
GATEVALVES C D E
OS&Y OPEN
E
OS&Y CLOSED
E WITH
BUTTERFLYVALVES F G
in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm
2 1/2 65 31 7/8 810 28 3/4 730 n/a n/a 12 305 7 1/4 184 17 3/4 451 15 3/8 391 8 1/4 210 9 3/4 248 8 5/8 219
3 80 32 7/8 835 29 3/8 746 n/a n/a 12 305 7 1/4 184 20 1/4 514 17 432 8 1/4 210 9 3/4 248 8 5/8 219
4 100 34 7/8 886 30 1/4 768 n/a n/a 12 305 8 203 22 1/2 572 18 1/4 464 9 229 9 3/4 248 8 5/8 219
6 150 43 1/2 1105 36 1/2 927 n/a n/a 10 1/2 267 10 254 30 1/2 775 24 1/4 616 10 1/4 260 10 3/4 273 11 1/4 286
8 200 52 3/4 1340 45 3/4 1162 n/a n/a 15 1/8 384 11 279 37 940 28 1/2 724 18 1/2 470 15 5/8 397 13 1/4 337
10 250 55 3/4 1416 49 3/4 1264 n/a n/a 15 1/8 384 12 305 45 5/8 1159 34 3/4 883 18 1/2 470 15 5/8 397 13 1/4 337
G
D C
F
E
A B
G
A D C
F
E
B
NSF/ANSI 61
(SHOWN WITH OPTIONAL GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVES)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Zurn Industries, LLC | Wilkins1747 Commerce Way, Paso Robles, CA U.S.A. 93446 Ph. 855-663-9876, Fax 805-238-5766
In Canada | Zurn Industries Limited3544 Nashua Drive, Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1L2 Ph. 905-405-8272, Fax 905-405-1292
www.zurn.com Page 2 of 2
⃟ Rated Flow (established by approval agencies)Flow Characteristics
Specifications
The Reduced Pressure Detector Backflow Prevention Assembly shall be certified to NSF/ANSI 61, ASSE® Listed 1047, and
supplied with full port OS & Y gate valves. The main body and access cover shall be 304L Stainless Steel, the seat ring and
check valve shall be NORYL™, the stem shall be stainless steel (ASTM A 276) and the seat disc elastomers shall be EPDM.
The checks and the relief valve shall be accessible for maintenance without removing the device from the line. The Reduced
Pressure Detector Backflow Prevention Assembly shall be a ZURN WILKINS Model 375ASTDA.
Typical Installation
Local codes shall govern installation requirements. To be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and
the latest edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code. Unless other-
wise specified, the assembly shall be mounted at a minimum of
12" (305mm) and a maximum of 30" (762mm) above adequate
drains with sufficient side clearance for testing and mainte-
nance. The installation shall be made so that no part of the unit
can be submerged.
Capacity thru Schedule 40 Pipe (GPM)
Pipe size 5 ft/sec 7.5 ft/sec 10 ft/sec 15 ft/sec
2 1/2"75 112 149 224
3"115 173 230 346
4"198 298 397 595
6"450 675 900 1351
8"780 1169 1559 2339
10"1229 1843 2458 3687
12"1763 2644 3525 5288
0
69
138
2070.0 63.1 126.2 189.3 252.4
0
10
20
30
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 PRESSURE LOSS (kpa)FLOW RATES (l/s)PRESSURE LOSS (PSID)FLOW RATE (GPM)
MODEL 375ASTDA 6", 8" & 10" (STANDARD AND METRIC)
0
35
69
104
1380.0 12.6 25.2 37.9 50.5
0
5
10
15
20
0 200 400 600 800 PRESSURE LOSS (kpa)FLOW RATES (l/s)PRESSURE LOSS (PSID)FLOW RATES (GPM)
MODEL 375ASTDA 2 1/2", 3" & 4" (STANDARD & METRIC)
4" (100mm)
6" (150mm)
3" (80mm)2 1/2" (65mm)
8" (200mm)
10" (250mm)
12” MIN.30” MAX.
PROTECTIVEENCLOSURE
DIRECTION OF FLOW
ZURN WILKINS MODEL 375ASTDAOUTDOOR HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION
Lorem ipsum
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Page 1 of 2
Zurn Industries, LLC | Wilkins1747 Commerce Way, Paso Robles, CA U.S.A. 93446 Ph. 855-663-9876, Fax 805-238-5766
In Canada | Zurn Industries Limited3544 Nashua Drive, Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1L2 Ph. 905-405-8272, Fax 905-405-1292
www.zurn.com
Rev. B
Date: 12/17
Document No. BF-475STDA
Product No. Model 475STDA
Model 475STDA
Reduced Pressure Detector Assembly
C D
B
E
B
E
A C DA
Lorem ipsum
Application
Designed for drop in replacement of competitor valves and
new installation on water lines in fire protection systems to
protect against both backsiphonage and backpressure of
contaminated water into the potable water supply. The Model
475STDA shall provide protection where a potential health
hazard exists. The configuration 475STDAV is for applications
requiring vertical flow up. Incorporates metered by-pass to
detect leaks and unauthorized water use.
Standards Compliance
• ASSE® Listed 1047 • AWWA Compliant C550
• UL® Classified • C-UL® Classified
• FM® Approved
• Meets the requirements of NSF/ANSI 61*
*(0.25% MAX. WEIGHTED AVERAGE LEAD CONTENT)
By-Pass Backflow Assembly 3/4" Model 975XLDTCU
Materials
Main valve body 304L Stainless steelAccess covers 304L Stainless steel
Internals Stainless steel, 300 Series NORYL™, NSF Listed
Fasteners & Springs Stainless Steel, 300 Series
Elastomers EPDM (FDA approved)
Buna Nitrile (FDA approved)
Polymers NORYL™, NSF Listed
Sensing line Stainless steel, braided hose
Features
Sizes: 4", 6", 8", 10"
Maximum working water pressure 175 psi
Minimum working water pressure 25 psi
Maximum working water temperature 140° F
Minimum working water temperature 33° F
Hydrostatic test pressure 350 psi
End connections
(Grooved for steel pipe) AWWA C606
(Flanged) ANSI B16.1
Class 125Dimensions & Weights (do not include pkg.)
Options
(Suffixes can be combined)
- with OS & Y gate valves (standard)
LM - less water meter
- with remote reading meter
- with gpm meter (standard)
- with cu ft/min meter
V - vertical flow up configuration
G - with groove end gate valves
FG - with flanged inlet gate connection and
grooved outlet gate connection
MS - with integral relief valve monitor switch
BG - with grooved end butterfly valves with integral supervisory switches
BF - with flanged end butterfly valves with integral
supervisory switches
PI - with post indicator gate valve
Accessories
Air gap (see spec sheet BF-AG)
Repair kit (rubber only)
Thermal expansion tank (Model XT)
Valve setter (Model FLSST or MJSST or MJFSST)
Gate valve tamper switch (OSY-40)
QT-SET Quick Test Fitting Set
Relief Valve discharge port;2 1/2" - 6" - 2.75 sq. in.
8" - 10" - 3.69 sq. in.
475STDAV
475STDA
SIZE
WEIGHT
WITH
OS&Y GATES
(GXF)
WITH
OS&Y GATES
(GXG)
WITH
BFLY VALVES
(GXF)
WITH
BFLY VALVES
(GXG)
lbs.kg lbs.kg lbs.kg lbs.kg
4" 276 125 236 107 166 75 143 65
6" 412 187 382 173 232 105 201 91
8" 706 320 666 302 440 200 394 179
10" 924 419 872 395 549 249 491 223
SIZE
DIMENSION (approximate)
A
B
WITH GATE
VALVES
B
WITHBUTTERFLYVALVES
C
OS&Y
OPEN
C
OS&Y
CLOSED
C
WITHBUTTERFLY VALVES
D E
E
WITHBUTTERFLY VALVES
in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm
4" 475STDA 100 14 356 22 1/4 565 19 7/8 505 22 1/2 572 9 229 9 229 10 1/8 257 18 3/8 467 18 3/8 467
4" 475STDAV 100 14 356 29 7/8 760 25 1/8 638 22 1/2 572 9 229 9 229 10 1/8 257 22 1/4 565 19 7/8 505
6" 475STDA 150 16 406 27 7/8 708 24 3/4 630 30 1/2 775 10 1/2 267 10 1/4 260 10 5/8 270 22 3/8 570 22 3/8 570
6" 475STDAV 150 16 406 36 1/4 921 29 1/8 740 30 1/2 775 10 1/2 267 10 1/4 260 10 5/8 270 27 7/8 708 24 3/4 630
8" 475STDA 200 18 1/2 470 34 7/8 886 29 1/8 740 37 940 12 305 12 305 12 7/8 327 30 5/8 780 30 5/8 780
8" 475STDAV 200 18 1/2 470 40 1/4 1022 51 1/4 1302 37 940 12 305 12 305 12 7/8 327 34 7/8 886 29 1/8 740
10" 475STDA 250 21 533 38 3/4 984 35 3/4 910 45 5/8 1159 12 305 13 330 12 7/8 327 32 3/4 832 32 3/4 832
10" 475STDAV 250 21 533 45 7/8 1165 59 7/8 1521 45 5/8 1159 12 305 13 330 12 7/8 327 38 3/4 984 35 3/4 908
NSF/ANSI 61
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Zurn Industries, LLC | Wilkins1747 Commerce Way, Paso Robles, CA U.S.A. 93446 Ph. 855-663-9876, Fax 805-238-5766
In Canada | Zurn Industries Limited3544 Nashua Drive, Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1L2 Ph. 905-405-8272, Fax 905-405-1292
www.zurn.com Page 2 of 2
⃟ Rated Flow (established by approval agencies)Flow Characteristics
0
35
69
104
138
0.0 25.2 50.5 75.7 100.9
0
5
10
15
20
0 400 800 1200 1600 PRESSURE LOSS (kPa)FLOW RATES (l/s)PRESSURE LOSS (PSIG)FLOW RATES (GPM)
475STDA & 475STDAV 4" & 6" (STANDARD & METRIC)
0
35
69
104
138
0.0 63.1 126.2 189.3 252.4
0
5
10
15
20
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 PRESSURE LOSS (kPa)FLOW RATES (l/s)PRESSURE LOSS (PSIG)FLOW RATES (GPM)
475STDA & 475STDAV 8" & 10 (STANDARD & METRIC)
6" (150mm)
Typical Installation
Local codes shall govern installation require-
ments. To be installed in accordance with
the manufacturers’ instructions and the latest
edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code. Unless
otherwise specified, the assembly shall be
mounted above adequate drains with sufficient
side clearance for testing and maintenance.
The installation shall be made so that no part
of the unit can be submerged.
Specifications
The Reduced Pressure Detector Backflow Prevention Assembly shall be certified to NSF/ANSI 61, ASSE® Listed 1047, and
supplied with full port OS & Y gate valves. The main body and access cover shall be 304L Stainless Steel, the seat ring and
check valve shall be NORYL™, the stem shall be stainless steel (ASTM A 276) and the seat disc elastomers shall be EPDM. The
checks and the relief valve shall be accessible for maintenance without removing the device from the line. The Reduced Pressure
Detector Backflow Prevention Assembly shall be a ZURN WILKINS Model 475STDA.
OUTDOOR INSTALLATIONVERTICAL INSTALLATION
MODEL
SIZE
DIMENSIONS (approximate)
A1 SETTER
END TO END FLS
A1 SETTER
END TO END MJS
in.mm in.mm in.mm
4 100 27 686 30 762
6 150 32 813 35 890
8 200 36 1/2 927 39 991
10 250 43 1092 45 1143
Capacity thru Schedule 40 Pipe (GPM)
Pipe size 5 ft/sec 7.5 ft/sec 10 ft/sec 15 ft/sec
2 1/2"75 112 149 224
3"115 173 230 346
4"198 298 397 595
6"450 675 900 1351
8"780 1169 1559 2339
10"1229 1843 2458 3687
DIRECTION OF FLOW
A1
ZURN WILKINS VALVESETTER
6" MIN.
PROTECTIVE
ENCLOSURE
4" (100mm)
8" (200mm)10" (250mm)
AIRGAP
12" MIN.
DRAINDIRECTION OF FLOWRECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
MFG. #5400979 - REV S
5/09
PRINTED IN USA PAGE 1 OF 4
OSYSU-1,-2
OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE
VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH
UL, ULC and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, NYMEA Accepted,
CE Marked
Dimensions: 6.19"L X 2.25"W X 5.88"H
15,7cm L X 5,7cm W X 14,6cm H
Weight: 2 lbs (0,9 kg)
Enclosure: Cover - Die-Cast
Finish - Red Spatter Enamel
Base - Die Cast Zinc
All parts have corrosion resistant fi nishes
Cover Tamper: Tamper Resistant Screws
Optional Cover Tamper Switch Available
Contact Ratings:
OSYSU-1: One set of SPDT (Form C)
OSYSU-2: Two sets of SPDT (Form C)
15 Amps at 125/250VAC
2.5 Amps at 30VDC resistive
Environmental Limitations:
-40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C)
NEMA 4 and NEMA 6P Enclosure (IP67)
Indoor or outdoor use (Not for use in hazardous locations. See
Bulletin No. 5400705 OSYS-U-EX for hazardous locations).
Conduit Entrances:
2 knockouts for 1/2" conduit provided
Service Use:
Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13
One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D
Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R
National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72
Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-0988/Canada: 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com
General Information
The OSYSU is used to monitor the open position of an OS&Y
(outside screw and yoke) type gate valve. This device is
available in two models; the OSYSU-1, containing one set
of SPDT (Form C) contacts and the OSYSU-2, containing
two sets of SPDT (Form C) contacts. These switches mount
conveniently to most OS&Y valves ranging in size from 2" to
12" (50mm to 300mm). They will mount on some valves as
small as ½" (12,5mm).
The cover is held in place by two tamper resistant screws that
require a special tool to remove. The tool is furnished with each
device and should be left with the building owner or responsible
party. Replacement or additional cover screws and hex keys are
available. See Ordering Information.
Optional Cover Tamper Switch
A fi eld installable cover tamper switch is available as an option
which may be used to indicate removal of the cover. See
Ordering Information.
Testing
The OSYSU and its associated protective monitoring system
should be inspected and tested in accordance with applicable
NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having
jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more
frequently).
Ordering Information
Model Description Stock No.
OSYSU-1 Outside Screw & Yoke
Supervisory Switch
(Single switch)
1010106
OSYSU-2 Outside Screw & Yoke
Supervisory Switch
(Double switch)
1010206
Cover Screw 5490424
Hex Key for Cover Screws and
Installation Adjustments
5250062
Optional Cover Tamper Switch Kit 0090131
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
MFG. #5400979 - REV S
5/09
PRINTED IN USA PAGE 2 OF 4
OSYSU-1,-2
OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE
VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH
FIG. 1 SMALL VALVE INSTALLATION - 1/2" THRU 2 1/2" SIZES
and smooth the edges of the groove to prevent damage to the valve
packing and to allow the trip rod to move easily in and out of the
groove as the valve is operated.
7. Mount the OSYSU with the trip rod centered in groove.
8. Final adjustment is made by loosening 2 screws (see Fig. 1) and
sliding the OSYSU on the bracket. Adjustment is correct when
switches are not activated with the trip rod seated in the valve stem
groove and that the switches activate when the trip rod moves out
of the groove.
9. Tighten the adjustment screws and all mounting hardware. Check
to insure that the rod moves out of the groove easily and that the
switches activate within one turn when the valve is operated from
the FULL OPEN towards the CLOSED position.
NOTE: CLOSE THE VALVE FULLY TO DETERMINE THAT THE
STEM THREADS DO NOT ACTIVATE THE SWITCH. THE SWITCH
BEING ACTIVATED BY THE STEM THREADS COULD RESULT
IN A FALSE VALVE OPEN INDICATION.
SMALL VALVE INSTALLATION
1. Remove and discard "C" washer and roller from the trip rod.
2. With the valve in the FULL OPEN position, locate the OSYSU
across the valve yoke as far as possible from the valve gland, so
that the trip rod lays against the non-threaded portion of the valve
stem.
3. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust
the rod length (see Fig. 4). When adjusted properly, the rod should
extend past the valve screw, but not so far that it contacts the clamp
bar. Tighten the locking screw to hold the trip rod in place.
NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw
and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off
the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 5). Reinstall trip rod
and repeat Step 3 procedure.
4. Mount the OSYSU loosely with the carriage bolts and clamp bar
supplied. On valves with limited clearance use J-hooks supplied
instead of the carriage bolts and clamp bar to mount the OSYSU.
5. Mark the valve stem at the center of the trip rod.
6. Remove the OSYSU. File a 1/8" deep groove centered on the mark
on the valve stem utilizing a 3/16" diameter straight fi le. Round
CLAMP
BAR
CARRIAGE
BOLT
DWG# 979-3
BRACKET
SLOTTED
MOUNTING
HOLES MAY BE
USED FOR FINE
ADJUSTMENT OF
SWITCH ON
BRACKET
These switches mount conveniently to most 2" to 12" OS&Y valves. They will mount on some valves as small as 1/2". J-hooks
may be required on valves with limited clearance.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
MFG. #5400979 - REV S
5/09
PRINTED IN USA PAGE 3 OF 4
OSYSU-1,-2
OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE
VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH
FIG. 2 LARGE VALVE INSTALLATION - 3" THRU 12" SIZES
LARGE VALVE INSTALLATION
1. With the valve in the FULL OPEN position, locate the OSYSU across
the valve yoke as far as possible from the valve gland, so that the trip
rod lays against the non-threaded portion of the valve stem.
2. Mount the OSYSU loosely with the carriage bolts and clamp bar
supplied.
3. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust
the rod length (see Fig. 4). When adjusted properly, the rod should
extend past the valve screw, but not so far that it contacts the clamp
bar. Tighten the locking screw to hold the trip rod in place.
NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw
and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off
the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 5). Reinstall trip rod
and repeat Step 3 procedure.
4. Mark the valve stem at the center of the trip rod.
5. Remove the OSYSU. File a 1/8" deep groove centered on the mark
of the valve stem utilizing a 3/8" diameter straight fi le. Round and
smooth the edges of the groove to prevent damage to the valve
packing and to allow the trip rod to move easily in and out of the
groove as the valve is operated.
6. Mount the OSYSU loosely with the trip rod centered in groove.
7. Final adjustment is made by loosening 2 screws (see Fig. 2) and
sliding the OSYSU on the bracket. Adjustment is correct when
switches are not activated with the trip rod seated in the valve stem
groove and that the switches activate within one turn when the valve
is operated from the FULL OPEN towards the CLOSED position.
8. Tighten the adjustment screws and mounting hardware. Check to
insure that the rod moves out of the groove easily and that the switches
activate within one turn when the valve is operated from the FULL
OPEN towards the CLOSED position.
NOTE: CLOSE THE VALVE FULLY TO DETERMINE THAT THE
STEM THREADS DO NOT ACTIVATE THE SWITCH. THE SWITCH
BEING ACTIVATED BY THE STEM THREADS COULD RESULT
IN A FALSE VALVE OPEN INDICATION.
3” THRU 12” (76mm THRU 300mm) VALVES
USE CARRIAGE BOLTS. BOLTS MOUNT
ON INSIDE OF YOKE, IF THERE IS
SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE.
SLOTTED
MOUNTING HOLES.
MAY BE USED FOR
FINE ADJUSTMENT
OF SWITCH ON
BRACKET.
DWG# 979-4
BRACKET
CLAMP BAR
CARRIAGE BOLTS
(2 REQUIRED)
ROLLER
GROOVE
YOKE
VALVE STEM
TRIP ROD
GLAND
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
MFG. #5400979 - REV S
5/09
PRINTED IN USA PAGE 4 OF 4
OSYSU-1,-2
OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE
VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH
TYPICAL SWITCH ACTION
Contacts shown in normal (valve open) condition.
FIG. 3 DIMENSIONS FIG. 4 PARTS
OUTG
O
I
N
G
INCO
M
I
N
G
DWG# 923-3
4.75(12,1CM)
6.19(15,7CM)
4.75(12,1CM)
3.62(9,2CM)
3.00(7,6CM)
5.88(15CM)
3.88(9,9CM)
ROD EXTENDED DWG# 979-5
ROD RETRACTED AND BREAKAWAY SECTION
REMOVED
.88(2,2CM)
2.25(5,7CM)
2.00
(5,1CM)
1.56
(4,0CM)
BREAKING EXCESSIVE ROD
LENGTH
SWITCH TERMINAL
CONNECTIONS
CLAMPING PLATE
TERMINAL
TYPICAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
CAUTION:
An uninsulated section of a single conductor should
not be looped around the terminal and serve as two
separate connections. The wire must be severed,
thereby providing supervision of the connection
in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from
under the terminal.
LOCAL CIRCUIT
TO POWER FOR
INDICATING DEVICE
TO SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT
OF CONTROL PANEL
COM.
COM.
N.O.
N.C.INDICATING
DEVICE
N.O.
N.C.
END OF
LINE
RESISTOR
DWG# 979-1
OPEN VALVE
POSITION
COM.
SW #1
COM.
SW #2
DWG# 979-2
CLOSED VALVE
POSITION
N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
COM.
SW #1
COM.
SW #2
N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
DWG# 979-7
(WHITE) COM
(RED) N.O.
(BLACK) N.C.
KNOCKOUTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
GROUND SCREW
TRIP ROD
LOCKING SCREW
TRIP ROD
DWG# 979-6
COVER TAMPER SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
FP-4.12
PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP
Project:q Approved
Address:q Approved as noted
Contractor:q Not approved
Engineer:Remarks:
Submittal Date:
Notes 1:
Notes 2:
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
CAST FITTINGS:
Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM-A536
FABRICATED FITTINGS:
1”- 10” Carbon Steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53,
Grade B
12” Carbon Steel, Standard Wall, conforming to ASTM A-53,
Grade B
COATINGS:
q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or
q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional)
q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series
R-1 CONCENTRIC REDUCER
Nominal Size End to End Approx. Wt. Ea.Nominal Size End to End Approx. Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm)In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm)In./mm Lbs./Kg11⁄4 x 1 35⁄16 0.85 5 x 21⁄2 31⁄2 4.832 x 25 84 0.4 125 x 65 89 2.211⁄2 x 1 35⁄16 0.73 5 x 3 31⁄2 4.840 x 25 84 0.3 125 x 80 89 2.211⁄2 x 11⁄4 35⁄16 1.0 5 x 4 31⁄2 4.840 x 32 84 0.4 125 x 100 89 2.22 x 1 (d)35⁄16 0.7 6 x 2 (d)4 6.350 x 25 84 0.3 150 x 50 102 2.92 x 11⁄4 (d)35⁄16 0.8 6 x 21⁄2 4 5.150 x 32 84 0.4 150 x 65 102 2.32 x 11⁄2 (d)35⁄16 0.8 6 x 3 (d)4 4.350 x 40 84 0.4 150 x 80 102 1.921⁄2 x 1 35⁄16 1.5 6 x 4 (d)4 6.365 x 25 84 0.7 150 x 100 102 2.921⁄2 x 11⁄4 35⁄16 1.5 6 x 5 4 7.565 x 32 84 0.7 150 x 125 102 3.421⁄2 x 11⁄2 35⁄16 1.5 8 x 2 5 9.165 x 40 84 0.7 200 x 50 127 4.121⁄2 x 2 35⁄16 1.9 8 x 21⁄2 5 9.165 x 50 84 0.9 200 x 65 127 4.13 x 1 35⁄16 2.4 8 x 3 (d)5 9.280 x 25 84 1.1 200 x 80 127 4.23 x 11⁄4 35⁄16 2.4 8 x 4 (d)5 9.880 x 32 84 1.1 200 x 100 127 4.43 x 11⁄2 35⁄16 2.4 8 x 5 5 9.180 x 40 84 1.1 200 x 125 127 4.13 x 2 (d)35⁄16 1.4 8 x 6 (d)5 12.080 x 50 84 0.6 200 x 150 127 5.43 x 21⁄2 (d)35⁄16 1.5 10 x 4 6 16.480 x 65 84 0.7 250 x 100 152 7.44 x 1 33⁄8 3.2 10 x 5 6 16.4100 x 25 86 1.5 250 x 125 152 7.44 x 11⁄4 33⁄8 3.2 10 x 6 6 16.4100 x 32 86 1.5 250 x 150 152 7.44 x 11⁄2 (d)33⁄8 2.7 10 x 8 (d)6 23.1100 x 40 86 1.2 250 x 200 152 10.54 x 2 (d)33⁄8 2.5 12 x 4 7 19.0100 x 50 86 1.1 300 x 100 178 8.64 x 21⁄2 (d)33⁄8 3.2 12 x 5 7 19.0100 x 65 86 1.5 300 x 125 178 8.64 x 3 (d)3 2.6 12 x 6 7 19.0100 x 80 76 1.2 300 x 150 178 8.65 x 11⁄2 31⁄2 4.8 12 x 8 7 19.0125 x 40 89 2.2 300 x 200 178 8.65 x 2 31⁄2 4.8 12 x 10 7 19.0125 x 50 89 2.2 300 x 250 178 8.6
O.D. CHART
Nominal Size O.D.
In./DN(mm)In./mm
1 1.315
25 33.4
11⁄4 1.660
32 42.2
11⁄2 1.900
40 48.3
2 2.375
50 60.3
21⁄2 2.875
65 73.0
3 3.500
80 88.9
31⁄2 4.000
90 101.6
4 4.500
100 114.3
5 5.563
125 141.3
6 6.625
150 168.3
8 8.625
200 219.1
10 10.750
250 273.1
12 12.750
300 323.9
(d)=Ductile Iron all others are fabricated.
E to E
O.D.
FIG. R-1 Concentric Reducer
For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative.
VdS
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
victaulic.com
10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT.
Series 717
(2½ − 3"/65 − 80 mm)
Series 717
(4 − 12"/100 − 300 mm)
Series 717H
High Pressure Check Valve
(2 – 3"/50 – 80 mm)
1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Available Sizes
• 2 – 3"/DN50 – DN80 (Series 717H)
• 2 ½ – 12"/DN50 – DN300 (Series 717)
Pressure Class
• Up to 365 psi/2517 kPa/25 bar
• Working pressure dependent on size of pipe, valve size and approval requirements.
Application
• Designed for use in Fire Protection systems.
• Prevents back flow.
• Single-disc mechanism incorporates a spring-assisted feature for non-slamming operation.
• Can be installed either vertically (flow upwards only) or horizontally.
• Valve body cast with arrow indicator to assist with proper valve orientation.
• Optional upstream and downstream pressure taps included on select sizes. See Section 3.0.
• Provided with grooved ends.
• Rated for ambient temperature use in fire protection systems.
2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS
NOTE
• Refer to Victaulic submittal publication 10.01 for details
FireLock® Check Valves
Series 717 Check Valve
Series 717H High Pressure Check Valve 10.08
1
System No.Location
Submitted By Date
Spec Section Paragraph
Approved Date
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS (Continued)
Approvals/Listings
Approval/Listing Service Pressures
Series 717H
Size cULus FM LPCB Vds
2"/50 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa
2 ½"/65 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa
76.1 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa
3"/80 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa
Approval/Listing Service Pressures
Series 717
Size cULus FM
LPCB
Vds
2 ½"/65 mm 250 psi/1725 kPa n/a 365 psi/2517 kPa n/a
76.1 mm 250 psi/1725 kPa n/a 365 psi/2517 kPa 16bar/232 psi
3"/80 mm 250 psi/1725 kPa n/a 365 psi/2517 kPa 16bar/232 psi
4"/100 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 16bar/232 psi
5"/125 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa n/a
139.7 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 16bar/232 psi
6"/150 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 16bar/232 psi
165.1 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa n/a
8"/200 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 348 psi/2400 kPa 16bar/232 psi
10"/250 mm 250 psi/1725 kPa 250 psi/1725 kPa 1725 kPa/250 psi n/a
12"/300 mm 250 psi/1725 kPa 250 psi/1725 kPa 1725 kPa/250 psi n/a
2
victaulic.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
3.0 SPECIFICATIONS – MATERIAL
Body:
Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12.
Body Coating:
Series 717H Body: Black Paint
Series 717H Endface: Electroless Nickel conforming to ASTM B-733
Series 717 (2 ½ – 3"/DN65 – DN80): PPS Coating
Series 717 (4 – 12"/DN100 – DN300): Black Paint
Body Seat:
Series 717H: Nitrile O-ring installed into an Electroless Nickel plating conforming to ASTM B-733
Series 717 (2 ½” – 3”/DN65 – DN80): PPS Coated Ductile Iron
Series 717 (4 – 12”/DN100 – DN300): Ductile Iron with Electroless Nickel plating conforming to ASTM B-733
Disc Seal or Coating: (specify choice1)
Nitrile (Series 717H only)
EPDM
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES.
Discs:
Series 717H: CF8M Cast Stainless Steel
Series 717 (2 ½ – 3"/DN65 – DN80): Aluminum bronze with elastomer seal
Series 717 (4 – 12"/DN100 – DN300): Elastomer encapsulated disc.
Shaft:
Series 717H: Brass
Series 717 (2 ½ – 3"/DN65 – DN80): Type 416 Stainless Steel
Series 717 (4 – 12"/DN100 – DN300): Type 316 Stainless Steel
Spring:
Type 302/304 Stainless Steel
Shaft Plug:
Series 717H: Carbon Steel Zinc Plated
Series 717: Carbon Steel Zinc Plated
Pipe Plug:
Series 717H: Carbon Steel Zinc Plated
Series 717: Carbon Steel Zinc Plated
Optional Pressure Taps:
Series 717H: Available on all sizes
Series 717: Available on sizes 4 – 12"/DN100 – DN300
3
victaulic.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
4.0 DIMENSIONS
Series 717
C
A B
R A
3
C
ED
1J
2
BK
P
2
1
3
½" NPT Upstream Drain
½" NPT Downstream Drain
2" NPT (Drain Optional)
A
C
ED
J
2 1
P
BK
1
2 ½" NPT Upstream Drain
½" NPT Downstream Drain
Typical 2 ½ – 3"/65 – 80 mm Typical 4 – 8"/100 – 200 mm Typical 10 – 12"/250 – 300 mm
Size Dimensions Weight
Nominal
Actual Outside Diameter E to E A B C D E J K P R Approximate (Each)
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
lb
kg
2 ½2.875 3.88 4.26 3.57 ––––––3.66573.0 99 108 91 1.6
76.1 mm 3.000 3.88 4.26 3.57 ––––––3.676.1 99 108 91 1.6
3 3.500 4.25 5.06 4.17 ––––––4.58088.9 108 129 106 2.0
4 4.500 9.63 6.00 3.88 2.75 3.50 2.00 4.50 3.50 3.35 20.0100114.3 245 152 99 70 89 51 114 89 85 9.1
5 5.563 10.50 6.80 4.50 –4.17 2.15 5.88 4.08 3.98 27.0125141.3 267 173 114 106 55 149 104 101 12.3
139.7 mm 5.500 10.50 6.80 4.50 –4.17 2.15 5.88 4.08 3.98 27.0139.7 267 173 114 106 55 149 104 101 12.3
6 6.625 11.50 8.00 5.00 –4.50 2.38 6.67 4.73 3.89 38.0150168.3 292 203 127 114 61 169 120 99 17.2
165.1 mm 6.500 11.50 8.00 5.00 –4.50 2.38 6.67 4.73 3.89 38.0165.1 292 203 127 114 61 169 120 99 17.2
8 8.625 14.00 9.88 6.06 5.05 5.65 2.15 8.85 5.65 5.75 64.0200219.1 356 251 154 128 144 55 225 144 146 29.0
10 10.750 17.00 12.00 7.09 5.96 6.69 2.15 10.92 6.73 –100.0250273.0 432 305 180 151 170 55 277 171 45.4
12 12.750 19.50 14.00 8.06 6.91 7.64 2.51 12.81 7.73 –140.0300323.9 495 356 205 176 194 64 925 196 63.5
4
victaulic.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
4.1 DIMENSIONS
Series 717H
A
C
ED
R J
B
Typical 2"/50 mm – 3"/80 mm
Size Dimensions Weight
Nominal E to E A B C D E J K P R Approximate (Each)
inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm lb kg
2 8.66 6.46 3.23 1.48 3.02 2.80 ––4.25 10.750219.8 164.1 82.1 37.5 76.7 71.0 108.0 4.9
2 ½9.37 6.94 3.31 1.66 3.40 3.38 ––4.38 13.865238.0 176.3 84.1 42.2 86.4 85.9 111.3 6.3
76.1 mm 9.37 6.94 3.31 1.66 3.40 3.38 ––4.38 13.8238.0 176.3 84.1 42.2 86.4 85.9 111.3 6.3
3 9.62 7.44 3.53 1.91 3.65 3.38 ––4.63 20.080244.3 189.0 89.7 48.5 92.7 85.9 117.6 9.1
5
victaulic.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE
Flow Characteristics
The charts below express the flow of water at 60ºF/16ºC through valve.
S717H / 717HR
2"/50 mm2½"/65 mm & 76.1
mm
3"/80 m
m
0.1
1
10
10 100 1000
Flow Rate – GPMPressure Loss – psiS717H / 717HR
1.00
10.00
100.00
100 1000 10000
2½"/65 mm
&
7
6.
1
m
m
3"/80
m
m2"/50 mm
Flow Rate – Litres/Min.Pressure Loss – kPa6
victaulic.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
5.1 PERFORMANCE
Flow Characteristics
The charts below express the flow of water at 60ºF/16ºC through valve.
S717 / 717R
0.1
1
10
10 100 1000 10000 100000
Flow Rate – GPMPressure Loss – psi2½"/65 mm & 76.1 mm5"/125 mm & 139.7 mm3"/80 mm4"/100 mm8"/200 mm6"/150 mm & 165.1 mm10"/250 mm12"/300 mm
S717 / 717R
2½"/65 mm & 76.1 mm5"/125 mm & 139.7 mm3"/80 mm4"/100 mm8"/200 mm6"/150 mm & 165.1 mm10"/250 mm12"/300 mm
1.00
10.00
100.00
10 100 1000 10000 100000Pressure Loss – kPa Flow Rate – Litres/Min.
7
victaulic.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
User Responsibility for Product Selection and SuitabilityEach user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer.
Intellectual Property Rights
No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material,
product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license
under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries
or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such
material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual
property right. The terms “Patented” or “Patent Pending” refer to design or utility patents
or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other
countries.
NoteThis product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
Installation
Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation
instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment
of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available
in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.
Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.
TrademarksVictaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries.
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS
WARNING
• Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping
products.
7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS
05.01: Seal Selection Guide
10.01: Regulatory Approval Reference Guide
29.01: Terms and Conditions/Warranty
I-100: Field Installation Handbook
8
victaulic.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
victaulic.com
10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT.
1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
• Available Sizes: 2 – 12"/50 – 300 mm
• cULus Listed, LPCB Listed, FM and VdS Approved for service up to 300 psi/2068 kPa /20 bar.
• Designed for fire protection services only.
• Features a weatherproof actuator housing Approved for indoor and outdoor use.
• Actuation options: Hand wheel (2 – 12”/50 – 300 mm)
• Exclusively for use with pipe and Victaulic products which feature ends formed with the Victaulic Original Groove
System (OGS) groove profile (see section 7.0 for Reference Materials).
2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS
104j/04
NOTES
• Refer to Victaulic submittal publication 10.01 for details
G410001
FireLock® Butterfly Valve
Series 705 with Weatherproof Actuator 10.81
1
System No.Location
Submitted By Date
Spec Section Paragraph
Approved Date
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
2.1 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS
Approval/Listing Service Pressures
Series 705 Butterfly Valve
Size cULus FM Vds LPCB
2 50 up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa
2 ½ 65 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa
76.1 mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa
3 80 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa
4
100 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa
5
125 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa
139.7 mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa
6 150 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa
165.1 mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa
8 200 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa
10
250 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa
12
300 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa
3.0 SPECIFICATIONS – MATERIAL
Body: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12
End Face, 2 – 6”/50 – 150 mm: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12
Seal Retainer, 8 – 12”/200 – 300 mm: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12
Body Coating: Black alkyd enamel
Disc: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12, with electroless nickel coating conforming to
ASTM B-733
Seat: Grade “E” EPDM
Stems: 416 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A-582
Stem Seal Cartridge: C36000 brass
Bearings: Stainless steel with TFE lining
Stem Seals: EPDM
Stem Retaining Ring: Carbon steel
Actuator:
2 – 8"/50 – 200 mm: Brass or bronze traveling nut on a steel lead screw, in a ductile iron housing
10 – 12"/250 – 300 mm: Steel worm and cast iron quadrant gear, in a cast iron housing
2
victaulic.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
4.0 DIMENSIONS
Series 705
F G E A D
ØH
B
C
J
Size Dimensions
Nominal
Actual Outside Diameter E to E A B C D E F G DIA H J
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
inches
mm
2 2.375 4.25 2.28 6.41 ––4.00 4.22 4.50 2.1260.3 60.3 108.0 57.9 162.8 101.6 107.2 114.3 53.8
2 ½2.875 3.77 2.28 7.54 ––4.00 4.22 4.50 1.777373.0 95.8 57.9 191.5 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0
76.1 mm 3.000 3.77 2.28 7.54 ––4.00 4.22 4.50 1.7776.1 95.8 57.9 191.5 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0
3 3.500 3.77 2.53 7.79 ––4.50 4.22 4.50 1.7788.9 88.9 95.8 64.3 197.9 114.3 107.2 114.3 45.0
108 mm 4.250 4.63 2.88 8.81 ––5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20108.0 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9
4 4.500 4.63 2.88 8.81 ––5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20114.3 114.3 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9
133 mm 5.250 5.88 3.35 10.88 ––6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58133.0 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5
139.7 mm 5.500 5.88 3.35 10.88 ––6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58139.7 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.6
5 5.563 5.88 3.35 10.88 ––6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58141.3 141.3 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5
159 mm 6.250 5.88 3.84 11.38 –0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58159.0 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5
165.1mm 6.500 5.88 3.84 11.38 –0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58165.1 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5
6 6.625 5.88 3.84 11.38 –0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 1.90168.3 168.3 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 48.3
8 8.625 5.33 5.07 13.53 0.80 1.47 10.00 6.19 8.10 2.33219.1 219.1 135.4 128.8 343.6 20.3 37.3 254.0 157.2 205.7 59.2
10 10.750 6.40 6.37 15.64 1.41 1.81 12.25 8.10 9.00 –273 273.0 162.6 161.8 397.3 35.8 46.0 311.2 205.7 228.6
12 12.750 6.50 7.36 16.64 2.30 2.80 14.25 8.10 9.00 –323.9 323.9 165.1 186.9 422.7 58.4 71.1 362.0 205.7 228.6
NOTE
• Optional ½"/15 mm tap available. Contact Victaulic for details.
3
victaulic.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE
Series 705
The chart expresses the frictional resistance of Victaulic Series 705 Butterfly Valve in equivalent feet/meters of
straight pipe.
Nominal Size Outside Diameter Equivalent
mm inches mm inches Feet/m of pipe
2 2.375 65060.3 1.8
2 ½2.875 665 73.0 1.8
76.1 mm 3.000 676.1 1.8
3 3.500 78088.9 2.1
4 4.500 8100114.3 2.4
108 mm 108 mm 82.4
5 5.563 12125141.3 3.7
133 mm 133 mm 123.7
139.7 mm 5.500 12139.7 3.7
6 6.625 14150168.3 4.2
159 mm 159 mm 144.3
165.1 mm 6.500 14165.1 4.2
8 8.625 16200219.1 4.9
10 10.750 18250273.0 5.5
12 12.750 19300323.9 5.8
4
victaulic.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
5.1 PERFORMANCE
Series 705
CV values for flow of water at +60°F/+16°C through a fully open valve are shown in the table below.
For additional details, contact Victaulic.
Formulas for Cv values Formulas for Kv values
P = Q 2
Cv2
Q = Cv x P
Where:
Q = Flow (GPM)
P = P ressure Drop (psi)
Cv = Flow Coecient
P = Q 2
Cv2
Q = Cv x P
Where:
Q = Flow (GPM)
P = P ressure Drop (psi)
Cv = Flow Coecient
Q = Flow (m3/hr)
P = Pressure Drop (Bar)
Kv = Flow Coecient
Where:
Q = Flow (m3/hr)
P = Pressure Drop (Bar)
Kv = Flow Coecient
Where:
Valve Size Full Open Valve Size Full Open
Nominal Size
Actual Outside Diameter Flow Coefficient Nominal Size
Actual Outside Diameter Flow Coefficient
inches mm inches mm Cv inches mm inches mm Kv
2 2.375 170 2 2.375 1475060.3 50 60.3
2 ½2.875 260 2 ½2.875 2256573.0 65 73.0
76.1 mm 3.000 260 76.1 mm 3.000 22576.1 76.1
3 3.500 440 3 3.500 3808088.9 80 88.9
4 4.500 820 4 4.500 710100114.3 100 114.3
108 mm 108 mm 820 108 mm 108 mm 710
5 5.563 1200 5 5.563 1040125141.3 125 141.3
133 mm 133 mm 1200 133 mm 133 mm 1040
139.7 mm 5.500 1200 139.7 mm 5.500 1040139.7 139.7
6 6.625 1800 6 6.625 1560150168.3 150 168.3
159 mm 159 mm 1800 159 mm 159 mm 1560
165.1 mm 6.500 1800 165.1 mm 6.500 1560165.1 165.1
8 8.625 3400 8 8.625 2940200219.1 200 219.1
10 10.750 5800 10 10.750 5020250273.0 250 273.0
12 12.750 9000 12 12.750 7790300323.9 300 323.9
5
victaulic.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS
WARNING
• Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping
products.
• Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic
piping products.
• Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection.
Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage.
7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS
Switch and Wiring
1. The supervisory switch contains two single pole,
double throw, pre-wired switches.
2. Switches are rated:
10 amps @ 125 or 250 VAC/60 Hz
0.50 amps @ 125 VDC
0.25 amps @ 250 VDC
3. Switches supervise the valve in the “OPEN” position.
5. One switch has two #18 insulated wires per terminal,
which permit complete supervision of leads (refer
to diagrams and notes below). The second switch
has one #18 insulated wire per terminal. This double
circuit provides flexibility to operate two electrical
devices at separate locations, such as an indicating
light and an audible alarm, in the area that the valve
is installed.
6. A #14 insulated ground lead (green) is provided.
Switch #1 = S1
For connection to the supervisory circuit of a UL
Listed alarm control panel
Switch #2 = S2
Auxiliary switch that may be connected to auxiliary
devices, per the authority having jurisdiction
S1 {Normally Closed: (2) Blue
Common: (2) Yellow
S2 {Normally Closed: Blue with Orange StripeNormally Open: Brown with Orange Stripe
Common: Yellow with Orange Stripe
NOTES
• The above diagram shows a connection between the common terminal
(yellow – S1 and yellow-with-orange stripe – S2) and the normally closed
terminal (blue – S1 and blue-with-orange stripe – S2). In this example,
the indicator light and alarm will stay on until the valve is fully open. When
the valve is fully open, the indicator light and alarm will go out. Cap off
any unused wires (e.g. brown with orange stripe).
• Only S1 (two leads per terminal) may be connected to the fire alarm
control panel.
• The connection of the alarm switch wiring shall be in accordance with
NFPA 72 and the auxiliary switch per NFPA 70 (NEC).
CONDUIT
½" NPT
CONDUIT CONNECTORS
UL LISTEDJUNCTION BOX
WIRE NUTS
FIRE ALARM
CONTROL PANEL
SUPERVISORY
CIRCUIT
N.C.NO.COM.
TO END-OF-LINE RESISTOR,OR NEXT INDICATOR
BELLORHORNVOLTAGE SOURCE
Switch 1: 2 leads per terminalSwitch 2: 1 lead per terminal
SWITCHCONTACT RATING:10A AT 125 AND250VAC,0.5A AT 125 VDC,0.25 AT 250 VDC
S1
S2
6
victaulic.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
User Responsibility for Product Selection and SuitabilityEach user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer.
Intellectual Property Rights
No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material,
product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license
under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries
or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such
material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual
property right. The terms “Patented” or “Patent Pending” refer to design or utility patents
or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other
countries.
NoteThis product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
Installation
Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation
instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment
of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available
in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.
Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.
TrademarksVictaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries.
7.1 REFERENCE MATERIALS
10.01: Regulatory Approval Reference Guide
29.01: Terms and Conditions/Warranty
I-100: Field Installation Handbook
7
victaulic.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
PRINTED IN USA PAGE 1 OF 4
VSR
VANE TYPE WATERFLOW
ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD
MFG. #5401146 - REV L
3/09
General Information
The Model VSR is a vane type waterfl ow switch for use on wet sprinkler
systems. It is UL Listed and FM Approved for use on steel pipe;
schedules 10 through 40, sizes 2" thru 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm). LPC
approved sizes are 2" thru 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm). See Ordering
Information chart.
The VSR may also be used as a sectional waterfl ow detector on large
systems. The VSR contains two single pole, double throw, snap action
switches and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The
switches are actuated when a fl ow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) or more occurs
downstream of the device. The fl ow condition must exist for a period
of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period.
UL, CUL and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, LPCB Approved, For
CE Marked (EN12259-5) / VdS Approved model use VSR-EU
Service Pressure: 450 PSI (31 BAR) - UL
Flow Sensitivity Range for Signal:
4-10 GPM (15-38 LPM) - UL
Maximum Surge: 18 FPS (5.5 m/s)
Contact Ratings: Two sets of SPDT (Form C)
10.0 Amps at 125/250VAC
2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive
10 mAmps min. at 24VDC
Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts provided for 1/2" conduit.
Individual switch compartments suitable
for dissimilar voltages.
Environmental Specifi cations:
• NEMA 4/IP54 Rated Enclosure suitable for indoor or
outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die-cast housing
when used with appropriate conduit fi tting.
• Temperature Range: 40°F - 120°F, (4.5°C - 49°C) - UL
• Non-corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle.
Service Use:
Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13
One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D
Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R
National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72
• Installation must be performed by qualifi ed personnel and in
accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances.
• Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious
injury or death could result.
• Risk of explosion. Not for use in hazardous locations. Serious
injury or death could result.
Ordering Information
Nominal Pipe Size Model Part Number
2" DN50 VSR-2 1144402
2 1/2" DN65 VSR-2 1/2 1144425
3" DN80 VSR-3 1144403
3 1/2" - VSR-3 1/2 1144435
4" DN100 VSR-4 1144404
5" - VSR-5 1144405
6" DN150 VSR-6 1144406
8" DN200 VSR-8 1144408
Specifi cations subject to change without notice.
Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit, stock no. 0090148
Replaceable Components: Retard/Switch Assembly, stock no. 1029030
Enclosure
The VSR switches and retard device are enclosed in a general purpose,
die-cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper resistant
screws which require a special key for removal. A fi eld installable
cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used
to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover. See bulletin number
5401103 for installation instructions of this switch.
Waterfl ow switches that are monitoring wet pipe sprinkler systems shall not be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFFF, deluge, or chemical suppression systems. Waterfl ow switches used for this application may result in unintended discharges caused by surges, trapped air, or short retard times.
Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-1211/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV L
3/09
PAGE 2 OF 4
VSR
VANE TYPE WATERFLOW
ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD
Do not trim the paddle. Failure to follow these instructions may prevent the
device from operating and will void the warranty.
Installation (see Fig. 1)
These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they shall be installed on the top side of the pipe where they
will be accessible. The device should not be installed within 6" (15 cm) of a fi tting which changes the direction of the waterfl ow or within 24"
(60 cm) of a valve or drain.
NOTE: Do not leave cover off for an extended period of time.
Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a hole saw in a slow speed drill (see Fig. 1). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other
material for a distance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole; do not bend
or crease it. Insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterfl ow. Take care not to damage the non-corrosive
bushing in the saddle. The bushing should fi t inside the hole in the pipe. Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to required torque
(see the chart in Fig. 1). The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or bind in any way.
ADAPTER
USE (2) 5180162 ADAPTERS AS SHOWN ABOVE
DN50 ONLY
ADAPTER
50mm
20mm ±2mm MAX.
DWG# 1146-1F
Fig. 1
Compatible Pipe/ Installation Requirements
Model Nominal Pipe
Size
Nominal Pipe
O.D.
Pipe Wall Thickness Hole Size U-Bolt Nuts
TorqueSchedule 10 (UL) Schedule 40 (UL) BS-1387 (LPC) DN (VDS)
inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm ft-lb n-m
VSR-2 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 0.109 2.77 0.154 3.91 0.142 3.6 0.091 2.3
1.25 + .125/-.062 33.0 ± 2.0
20 27
VSR-2 1/2 2.5 - 2.875 73.0 0.120 3.05 0.203 5.16 - - - -
VSR-2 1/2 - DN65 3.000 76.1 - - - - 0.142 3.6 0.102 2.6
VSR-3 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 0.120 3.05 0.216 5.49 0.157 4.0 0.114 2.9
2.00 ± .125 50.8 ± 2.0
VSR-3 1/2 3.5 - 4.000 101.6 0.120 3.05 0.226 5.74 - - - -
VSR-4 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 0.120 3.05 0.237 6.02 0.177 4.5 0.126 3.2
VSR-5 5 - 5.563 141.3 0.134 3.40 0.258 6.55 - - - -
VSR-6 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 0.134 3.40 0.280 7.11 0.197 5.0 0.157 4.0
VSR-8 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 0.148 3.76 0.322 8.18 0.248 6.3 0.177 4.5
NOTE: For copper or plastic pipe use Model VSR-CF.
Retard Adjustment
The delay can be adjusted by rotating the retard adjustment knob from
0 to the max setting (60-90 seconds). The time delay should be set at
the minimum required to prevent false alarms
(Flowing water activates
device in one direction only.)
DO NOT LEAVE COVER OFF FOR
AN EXTENDED PERIOD OF TIME
TIGHTEN NUTS
ALTERNATELY
MOUNT ON PIPE SO
ARROW ON SADDLE
POINTS IN DIRECTION
OF WATERFLOW
ROLL PADDLE IN
OPPOSITE DIRECTION
OF WATERFLOWDIRECTION OF
WATERFLOW
Hole must be drilled perpendicular to the pipe and vertically centered.
Refer to the Compatible Pipe/Installation Requirements chart for size.
Correct Incorrect
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
PRINTED IN USA PAGE 3 OF 4
VSR
VANE TYPE WATERFLOW
ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD
MFG. #5401146 - REV L
3/09
To remove knockouts: Place screwdriver at
inside edge of knockouts, not in the center.
Notes:
1. The Model VSR has two switches, one can be used to operate a central
station, proprietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact
is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator.
2. A condition of LPC Approval of this product is that the electrical
entry must be sealed to exclude moisture.
3. For supervised circuits, see “Switch Terminal Connections”
drawing and warning note (Fig. 4).
DWG 1146-4
Fig. 5 Typical Electrical Connections
Fig. 2
Do not drill into the base as this creates
metal shavings which can create
electrical hazards and damage the
device. Drilling voids the warranty.
Fig. 4 Switch Terminal Connections Clamping
Plate Terminal
Fig. 3
Break out thin section of cover when
wiring both switches from one conduit
entrance.
Testing
The frequency of inspection and testing for the Model VSR and its associated protective monitoring system shall be in accordance with applicable
NFPA Codes and Standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently).
If provided, the inspector’s test valve shall always be used for test purposes. If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the fl ow detection
device on the system, application of the VSR is not recommended or advisable.
A minimum fl ow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) is required to activate this device.
Advise the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must be tested in accordance
with the testing instructions.
Fig. 7 Mounting Dimensions
DWG. 1146-12DWG. 1146-12
POWER SOURCE SUITABLE FOR BELL
WATERFLOW ZONE ON FIRE PANELEOLR
BELL
3.50 in
(89.0 mm)
2.34 in
(59.4 mm)
PIPE DIA.
+ 5.25 in
(+ 133.4 mm)
5.56 in
(141.2 mm)2.00 in
(50.8 mm)
U-BOLT NUT
U-BOLT WASHER
PIPE SADDLE
PIPE
PLASTIC PADDLE
U-BOLT NOMINAL PIPE DIA. +1.75 in (+44.5 MM) FOR DN 50 – DN 65 2–2.5 in
NOMINAL PIPE DIA. +2.125 in (+54.0 MM) FOR DN 80 – DN 200 3–8 in
GREEN GROUND
SCREWS
Fig. 8
An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped
around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The
wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the
connection in the event that the wire become dislodged from under
the terminal. Failure to sever the wire may render the device
inoperable risking severe property damage and loss of life.
Do not strip wire beyond 3/8" of length or expose an uninsulated
conductor beyond the edge of the terminal block. When using
stranded wire, capture all strands under the clamping plate.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV L
3/09
PAGE 4 OF 4
VSR
VANE TYPE WATERFLOW
ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD
Removal of Waterfl ow Switch
• To prevent accidental water damage, all control valves should be shut tight and the system completely drained before waterfl ow detectors are
removed or replaced.
• Turn off electrical power to the detector, then disconnect wiring.
• Loosen nuts and remove U-bolts.
• Gently lift the saddle far enough to get your fi ngers under it. With your fi ngers, roll the vane so it will fi t through the hole while continuing
to lift the waterfl ow detector saddle.
• Lift detector clear of pipe.
Fig. 6
Retard/Switch Assembly Replacement (See Fig. 6)
The Retard/Switch Assembly is fi eld-replaceable without draining the system or removing the waterfl ow switch from the
pipe
Make sure the fi re alarm zone or circuit connected to the waterfl ow switch is bypassed or otherwise taken out of service. 1.
Disconnect the power source for local bell (if applicable).2.
Identify and remove all wires from the waterfl ow switch.3.
Remove the (2) mounting screws holding retard/switch assembly to the base. 4. Do not remove the (2) retard housing screws.
Remove the retard assembly by lifting it straight up over the tripstem. 5.
Install the new retard assembly. Make sure the locating pins on the retard/switch assembly fi t into the locating pin bosses on the base. 6.
Re-install the (2) original mounting screws.7.
Reconnect all wires. Perform a fl ow test and place the system back in service. 8.
Maintenance
Inspect detectors monthly. If leaks are found, replace the detector. The VSR waterfl ow switch should provide years of trouble-free service.
The retard and switch assembly are easily fi eld replaceable. In the unlikely event that either component does not perform properly, please order
replacement retard switch assembly stock #1029030 (see Fig. 6). There is no maintenance required, only periodic testing and inspection.
DWG# 1146-10
BREAK OUT THIN SECTION OF COVER
WHEN WIRING BOTH SWITCHES
FROM ONE CONDUIT ENTRANCE.
DO NOT REMOVE
(2) RETARD HOUSING
SCREWS
REMOVE (2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING
SCREWS HOLDING RETARD/SWITCH
ASSEMBLY TO BASE
RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY
(2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING
SCREWS
(2) LOCATING PINS
(2) LOCATING PIN
BOSSES IN BASE
BASE
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
o The AGF Manufacturing Inc. Model 1011T Matches All The Features And Benefits Of Our Model 1000 And Model 1011 TESTANDRAIN Valves By Providing Both The Test Function And The Express Drain Function, With The Added Features Of An Integral Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve, Model 7500 Pressure Gauge, and Model 7600 1/4 " 3-Way Globe Valve.
o The Model 1011T Is A Compact Single Handle Ball Valve, Which Includes A Tamper Resistant Test Orifice, Integral Tamper Resistant Sight Glass, And Is 300 PSI Rated.
o The Model 1011T Complies With The Requirements Of NFPA 13, 13R, & 13D, Which Stipulate A Pressure Relief Valve Be Installed On All Gridded Systems And Downstream Of All Pressure Reducing Valves.
o Designed To Relieve Excess System Pressure Caused By Surges Or Temperature Changes As Well As Solve The Difficult Problem Of Providing The Relief Valve With A Drainage-Piping Outlet.
o Available In A Full Range Of Sizes From 3/4 " To 2", NPT & BSPT, With All Specifiable Orifice Sizes 3/8 ", 7/16 ", 1/2 ", 17/32 ", 5/8 " (ELO), & 3/4 " (ESFR).
o The Model 1011T Is Shipped Complete With All Necessary Components Including The UL/FM Model 7500 300 PSI 31/2" Pressure Gauge And UL/FM Model 7600 1/4 " 3-Way Globe Valve.
o To Expedite System Testing The Unit Is Shipped Semi-Assembled With The Relief Valve Port And The Bypass Drain Port Plugged.
o The Included UL/FM Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve Features A Flushing Handle And Is Factory Set At 175 PSI, Other Pressure Settings Are Also Available.
MODEL 1011T
C he c k O u t Our AutoCAD Site!
3/4 "1"11/4 "11/2 "2"
8/01
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
[ IE23 ]
Heavy Duty 2-1/2" (65 mm) angle hose, 300 lb (2070 KPa) pressure
tested approved valve. Lightweight cast brass body, Forgeline Bonnett
and Seat Assembly. UL/ULC listed and FM Approved. Specify regional
hose thread for outlet.
FINISH: Cast Brass
OPTIONS: Polish Brass, Cast Chrome, Polish Chrome
HOSE THREADS AVAILABLE: CSA, BCT, WCT,QST, NSST, NPSH,
NST, Louisville, Cleveland, Chicago, Pittsburgh, New Cincinnati, New
York Corp., New York Fire Department, Richmond, Raleigh
OTHER HOSE THREADS: PLEASE CONTACT FACTORY
Dimensions:
A=5" (125mm)
B=3 3/16" (79mm)
Weight: 9lbs (4.09 Kg)
Working Pressure: 300lb (2070 Kpa)
1/1
2.5" Standard Angle Hose Valve. 2.5" Grooved Inlet x 2.5" Male Hose Thread Outlet.
C=10.5" (CLOSED) (267mm)
C=11.8" (OPEN) (300mm)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Warning
DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN. Over
tightening during installation will
crack the valve body. Evidence
of overtightening may not be
readily visible or apparent upon
pressurization.
No user serviceable parts.
Installation
For horizontal installation only. The
female by female swing check valve
should be installed in accordance
with commonly used installation
practices for the re sprinkler industry.
Proper seal of the threads can be
accomplished by applying a liberal
amount of PTFE based thread seal-
ant such as PipeFit® Thread Sealant
Paste or PTFE Tape. Never use tape
and paste together. This will cause
excessive stress on the threaded
connection leading to failure of the
valve. Do not exceed one full turn
past hand tight when installing male
threads into the check valve.
Specifi cations
Valve Body:
Cast Bronze*
(85-5-5-5)
Clapper Assembly:
Forged Brass
Seat:
NBR (Chloramine Resistant)
Sizes:
½ ” IPS
¾ ” IPS
1” IPS
1¼ ” IPS
1½ ” IPS
2” IPS
Female by female
Rated Pressure:
250 psi
*Contains lead. Not for use in
water systems intended for human
consumption.
Description
The bronze* swing check valve features a full oating clapper assembly that
provides for a positive seal each time the valve is cycled. This feature improves
the swing check valves ability to “clear” any debris that may be present in the
water supply. The seat material is NBR which provides for a positive seal even
under light residual pressures.
WWW.FPPI.COM
Swing Check Valve
Full Floating Clapper Assembly
© 2018 Fire Protection Products, Inc.
5937 DARWIN CT. SUITE 105
CARLSBAD, CA 92008
+ 1 (800) 344-1822
+ 1 (800) 344-3775 FAX
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Specifications
Material:
Cast Brass*
Hard Seat
Size:
1/2” IPS with 3/4 ” orifice
Finish:
Rough brass
*Contains lead. Not for use in
water systems intended for human
consumption.
3198 LIONSHEAD AVE
CARLSBAD, CA 92010
TEL + 1 760 599-1168
+ 1 800 344-1822
FAX + 1 800 344-3775
© 2012 Fire Protection Products, Inc.
Description
FPPI’s 1/2” IPS Brass* Check valve with 3/4 ” orifice is specifically designed for
use in the pressure sensing line for fire pump systems. The 1/2” swing check
with a 3/4 ” orifice will provide adequate pressure drop in the sensing line without
allowing unnecessary pump starts due to major pressure fluctuations that may
be indicated in the larger diameter (1/2”) line. Check with pump manufacturer for
proper use.
Installation
Install in the pressure sensing line according to the fire pump manufacturers
recommendations using appropriate tools and sealants. Make sure excess
thread sealants are not introduced inside the check valve during assembly.
Excess sealants will clog the 3/4 ” orifice preventing proper sensing line function.
WWW.FPPI.COM
Check Valve with Orifice
for Pressure Sensing Line
323
1/2332
1/2332
1/2332
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
MATERIAL LIST
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
1 Set Screw Steel
2 Hand Wheel Iron
3 Yoke Bushing Brass
4 Stem Brass
5 Packing Gland Brass
6 Cap Screw Steel
7 Packing Graphite Non-Asb.
8 Bonnet Bronze
9 Spirol Pin Stainless Steel
10 Wedge Bronze
11 Body Bronze
Size A B C Ship Wgt.
(lbs.)
Qty.
Unit Pack
Qty.
Per Case
1 2.55 6.55 7.97 3.85 6 18
1 ¼” 2.81 7.61 9.47 6.26 2 12
1 ½” 2.86 7.84 9.75 6.55 2 6
2” 3.09 8.88 11.22 9.96 2 6
UNITED BRASS WORKS, INC.
714 S. Main St., Randleman, NC 27317
Tel: 800-334-3035 Fax: 800-498-4696 www.ubw.com
Model 18 Gate Valve
Bronze Screwed Ends
Outside Screw & Yoke
UL Listed / FM Approved @ 175 lbs. WOG
200 WOG @ 180 ° Max
100% Pressure Tested
Rising Stem
MEA Approval 255-93-E
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Model EX Low Pressure Dry Pipe Valve
Features
• Low air or nitrogen pressure, 8 to 28 psi (0.6 to 1.9 bar)
• Lightweight ductile iron body with compact trim
• External reset reduces setup and commissioning time
• Does not require priming water
• Available fully assembled, with or without control valve
Product Description
The Reliable Model EX Low Pressure Dry Pipe Valve is a hy-
draulically operated, mechanical latching clapper-type valve
designed for use as a primary control valve in a dry pipe sys-
tem. The pneumatic system pressure when using the Model EX
valve can be set substantially less than conventional differential
style dry valves. The following benefits are a direct result of
lower pneumatic pressure:
• Smaller, less expensive pneumatic sources
• Improved water transit times following operation of valve,
and in some cases, elimination of quick opening devices
• Low pressure makes the use of nitrogen more practical
In addition to these benefits, mechanical type dry pipe valves
are less susceptible to accidental tripping than conventional
differential dry pipe valves.
All sizes of the Model EX valve may be equipped with the Re-
liable Model B-1 Accelerator (P/N 6516000003; ordered sepa-
rately). The accelerator operates as an exhauster to hasten the
operation of the dry pipe valve. Please refer to Reliable Techni-
cal Bulletin 323 for further information.
Bulletin 359 September 2018
www.reliablesprinkler.com
Valve Size End Connection*Pressure Rating Listings & Approvals
2” (50mm), 2-1/2” (65mm), & 3” (80mm)Groove/Groove 250 psi (17,2 bar)cULus, FM, CE, VdS, LPCB
76mm Groove/Groove 250 psi (17,2 bar)cULus, FM, LPCB
4” (100mm)
Groove/Groove
300 psi (20,7 bar)cULus, FM, CE, VdS, LPCB
Flange/Groove
Flange/Flange
6” (150mm)
Groove/Groove
Flange/Groove
Flange/Flange
165mm Groove/Groove 300 psi (20,7 bar)cULus, FM, LPCB
8” (200mm)Groove/Groove 250 psi (17,2 bar)cULus, FM, CE, VdS, LPCBFlange/Flange
Table AModel EX Dry Pipe Valve Listings and Approvals
*Note: Grooved ends per ANSI/AWWA C606; flanged ends per ASME B16.5 Class 150 or ISO 7005-2 PN16 (specify).
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
EX Valve Dimensions Figure 1
Size A AF(1)B C D E F G H I J(2)K
2” (50mm)12-1/2
(318)N/A 5-1/2
(140)
25-1/4
(641)
4-1/4
(108)
13
(330)
9-7/8
(251)
7
(178)
10(254)
8-3/8
(213)
3-1/4
(83)
5-1/2(140)
2-1/2” (65mm), 76mm,
3” (80mm)
12-1/2
(318)N/A 3-3/4
(96)
4” (100mm)14(356)16(406)5-1/8(130)27(686)
5-1/2
(140)
14-7/8(378)11(279)8(203)10(254)4-1/2(114)
6” (150mm), 165mm 16
(406)
19
(483)
4-7/8
(124)28-1/2
(724)
15-1/2
(394)
11-5/8
(295)
8-5/8
(219)
10-1/2
(267)
5-1/4
(133)
8” (200mm)19-3/8
(492)
21-1/4
(540)
4-5/8
(117)
16-1/4
(413)
13-5/8
(346)
9-1/8
(232)
11-3/4
(298)
5-3/4
(146)
Installation Dimensions in Inches (mm) (Refer to Figure 1)Table B
Notes: (1) AF dimension is for Flange x Groove valves (4” & 6”) or Flange x Flange valves (4”, 6”, and 8”).
(2) Butterfly control valve for 2” system is Anvil 990003549; all others are Reliable REL-BFG-300.
Valve Size:End Connection:Weight:
2" (50mm), 2½"
(65mm), 76mm
& 3" (80mm)
Groove/ Groove 34 lbs (15 kg)
4” (100mm)
Groove/ Groove 64 lbs (29 kg
Flange/ Groove 79 lbs (36 kg)
Flange/ Flange 92 lbs (42 kg)
6" (150mm)
& 165mm
Groove/ Groove 95 lbs (43 kg)
Flange/ Groove 122 lbs (56 kg)
Flange/ Flange 138 lbs (69 kg)
8" (200mm)Groove/ Groove 148 lbs (67 kg)
Flange/ Flange 197 lbs (90 kg)
Valve Shipping Weight Table C Valve Size:Weight:
2" (50mm), 2½" (65mm), 76mm
& 3" (80mm)30 lbs (13.6 kg)
4" (100mm), 6" (150mm), 165mm
& 8" (200mm)34 lbs (15.5 kg)
Trim Shipping Weight Table D
Valve Size:Equivalent Length:CvC = 120 C = 100
2" (50mm)4.4 ft (1,3 m)3.1 ft (1,0 m)101
2½" (65mm)6.0 ft (1,8 m)4.3 ft (1,3 m)236
76mm 7.7 ft (2,3 m)5.5 ft (1,7 m)241
3" (80mm)12.6 ft (3,8 m)9.0 ft (2,7 m)254
4" (100mm)14 ft (4,3 m)10 ft (3,0 m)469
165mm 29.4 ft (9,0 m)20.9 ft (6,4 m)886
6" (150mm)29.4 ft (9,0 m)20.9 ft (6,4 m)886
8" (200mm)53.5 ft (16,3 m)38.1 ft (11,6 m)1516
Friction Loss Table E
Bulletin 359September 2018 Page 2 of 11www.reliablesprinkler.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Operation
The Reliable Model EX Low Pressure Dry Pipe Valve is shown
in both the closed and open position in Figure 2. In the closed
position, pneumatic pressure acts on the actuator preventing
release of hydraulic pressure from the pushrod chamber. The
supply water pressure acts simultaneously on the underside of
the clapper and on the pushrod through the pushrod chamber
restricted inlet. The resultant force on the pushrod is multiplied
by the mechanical advantage of the lever and acts to hold the
clapper closed against normal pressure surges in the water
supply. When a sprinkler operates, the loss of pneumatic
pressure in the sprinkler system causes the diaphragm and
seal in the actuator to move away from the water seat allowing
the release of water from the pushrod chamber. Since water
cannot be replenished through the inlet restriction as rapidly
as it is vented, the pushrod chamber pressure falls instanta-
neously. When the pushrod chamber pressure approaches ap-
proximately one-third of the supply pressure, the upward force
of the water pressure acting beneath the clapper overcomes
the force applied to the lever, opening the clapper. Water
then flows through the Model EX Low Pressure Dry Pipe Valve
into the system piping and into the alarm outlet activating the
alarm device(s). Once the clapper has opened, the lever acts
as a latch preventing the clapper from returning to the closed
position.
Installation
The Model EX Low Pressure Dry Pipe Valve shall be installed
in accordance with NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation
of Sprinkler Systems,” as well as the requirements of any
authorities having jurisdiction. The direction of flow shall be
up through the assembly. Failure to follow installation instruc-
tions may void the warranty and/or listing of the valve. Verify
compatibility of the Model EX Dry Pipe Valve materials with
the water supply and the environment where the valve will be
installed prior to installation.
The Model EX Dry Pipe Valve must be installed in a readily
visible and accessible location where a minimum temperature
of 40°F (4°C) or above must be maintained. Heat tracing of the
Model EX Dry Pipe Valve and trim is not permitted. Heat trac-
ing can result in the formation of hardened mineral deposits
that can prevent proper operation of the dry pipe valve.
Whenever ambient temperature conditions are high, the water
temperature in the Model EX Dry Pipe Valve pushrod chamber
may rise, thereby increasing the pressure in the chamber to
values exceeding the rated pressure of the system. Where
normal temperature and pressure is exceeded, a pressure re-
lief kit (P/N 6503050001; ordered separately) can be installed
into the pushrod chamber release line to limit the pressure to
250 psi (17.2 bar).
The valve and trim kit has been tested, approved and listed in
accordance with UL and FM standards. Hydrostatically testing
the valve and trim to pressures higher than their rating is
limited to the hydrostatic test as referenced by NFPA 13. The
clapper can remain in the closed position and the trim kit need
not be isolated.
Normal operation and hydrostatic testing does not address
the occurrence of a water hammer which may damage the
valve. A water hammer can create pressure more than the
rated pressure of the equipment and should be avoided by all
necessary means. Water hammer may occur from (but is not
limited to) improper fire pump settings, underground construc-
tion work, or improper venting of trapped air in piping.
DO NOT use bleeder valves for testing of the low-pressure
switch on the trim. Release of pneumatic pressure from the
actuator trim will result in operation of the system.
Section View of Model EX Dry Valve with Clapper in Open, Closed, and Latched Positions Figure 2
Bulletin 359
September 2018
Page 3 of 11
www.reliablesprinkler.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Figure 3Model EX Valve ComponentsBulletin 359
September 2018
Page 4 of 11
www.reliablesprinkler.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Close the Main Water Control Valve and close the
Push Rod Chamber Supply Valve.
Close the valves supplying air or nitrogen to the system.
Open the Main Drain Valve and fully drain the system.
Open all drain valves and vents at low points throughout
the system, closing them when the system is fully
drained.
Note: If resetting the system as a result of fire, now is the time to inspect and replace any portion of the system subject to fire
conditions.STEP 1STEP 2STEP 3STEP 4Model EX Dry Pipe Valve Setup Procedure
• This procedure should only be performed by persons who are experienced and trained in the installation and operation of
water-based fire protection systems.
• The fire protection system served by the dry pipe valve will be out of service until the reset procedure is completed.
• Notify any necessary authorities having jurisdiction and other affected personnel prior to placing the fire protection system out
of service.
• Failure to follow this reset procedure can cause failure of the dry pipe valve, resulting in serious personal injury and property
damage.
Please contact Reliable Technical Services at 1-800-557-2726 with any questions regarding this reset procedure.
Bulletin 359
September 2018
Page 5 of 11
www.reliablesprinkler.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
With Alarm Line Valve open, push in the plunger of the
Ball Drip Valve until air and water release from the alarm
line, then close the Alarm Line Valve.
Open the Emergency Manual Release Valve.
Push in and rotate the reset knob counterclockwise as
viewed from the front of the EX valve until the clapper
releases and has lowered into position.
Close the Main Drain Valve. STEP 5STEP 6STEP 7STEP 8STEP 9Open Air or Nitrogen Supply Valve and pressurize the
system until the system air pressure gauge reaches the
minimum pressure specified for your system. To find the
minimum pressure for your system, refer to Table F.
Then place the air or nitrogen source into automatic
operation.
Bulletin 359
September 2018
Page 6 of 11
www.reliablesprinkler.com
Model EX Dry Pipe Valve Setup Procedure (cont.)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Open the Push Rod Chamber Supply Valve. Keep in
mind that a small amount of trapped air/water may
discharge from the Emergency Manual Release line
into the drain.
Open the Main Drain Valve approximately 2 turns.
With Emergency Manual Release Valve fully open and
Main Drain Valve partially open, slowly open the Main
Water Control Valve until water can just be heard running
out of the main drain.
Slowly close the main drain, stopping when water begins
to flow through the Emergency Manual Release drain line.
Once a steady stream of water is flowing through the
Emergency Manual Release, close the Emergency
Manual Release Valve.STEP 10STEP 11STEP 12STEP 13STEP 14Note: If Push Rod Chamber Supply Valve is on the
supply side of the Main Water Control Valve, skip
ahead to the Alternate Set-up Instructions on the
last page.
Bulletin 359
September 2018
Page 7 of 11
www.reliablesprinkler.com
Model EX Dry Pipe Valve Setup Procedure (cont.)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Slowly close the Main Drain Valve until it is fully closed.
If there is an accelerator on the system, reset it now per
the manufacturer’s instructions.
Open the Alarm Line Valve. Note that water may initially
drain from the ball drip, but this will cease if the clapper
is properly sealed.
Fully open the Main Water Control Valve. Verify that the
main valve is fully open and properly monitored.
Secure the handle of the Emergency Manual Release
Valve in the closed position with cable ties provided with
trim. Verify that all valves are in the correct positions per
page 10. STEP 15STEP 16STEP 17STEP 18STEP 19Bulletin 359
September 2018
Page 8 of 11
www.reliablesprinkler.com
Model EX Dry Pipe Valve Setup Procedure (cont.)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
STEP 11Open the Main Drain Valve two turns. Then partially
open Main Water Control Valve until water flows through
the Main Drain.STEP 12Slowly open the Main Water Control Valve. Verify that the
main valve is fully open and properly monitored.STEP 13Slowly close the Main Drain Valve until fully closed.STEP 14Secure the handle of the Emergency Manual Release
Valve in the closed position with cable ties provided
with trim. Verify that all of the valves are in the correct
position per page 10.STEP 15Once a steady stream of water is flowing through the
Emergency Manual Release Valve, close the Emergency
Manual Release Valve.
Alternate Set-up Instructions: Push Rod Chamber Supply Valve below Main Water Control Valve
Alternate Set-up Instructions: Push Rod Chamber Supply Valve below Main Water Control ValveAlternate Set-up Instructions: Push Rod Chamber Supply Valve below Main Water Control ValveBulletin 359September 2018 Page 9 of 11www.reliablesprinkler.com
Model EX Dry Pipe Valve Setup Procedure (cont.)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Maintenance
The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system in proper operating condition. Any system mainte-
nance or testing that involves placing a system out of service
may eliminate the fire protection that is provided by the fire
protection system. Notify any required authorities having
jurisdiction and implement appropriate precautions prior to
proceeding.
The Reliable Model EX Low Pressure Dry Pipe Valve shall
periodically be given a thorough inspection and test. NFPA
25, “Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water Based
Fire Protection Systems,” provides minimum maintenance
requirements. Replace any components found to be corroded, damaged, worn or non-operable. Increase the frequency of
inspections when the valve is exposed to corrosive conditions
or chemicals that could impact materials and/or operation of
the assembly.
Excess water may settle above the valve clapper following
hydrostatic testing or system activation, or over time due to
condensation. To remove excess water from the system:
1. Notify the owner and monitoring company that mainte-
nance is being performed on the system.
2. Close the main water control valve.
3. Open the Main Drain Valve.
4. Open the Condensate Drain Valve until all water has
drained. Close Condensate Drain Valve immediately
when the flow of water has stopped. Note: DO NOT to
keep the Condensate Drain Valve open for an extended
period as this may result in operation of the dry pipe
valve.
5. Allow pneumatic pressure to return to normal pressure
(refer to Table F).
6. Partially open the Main Water Control Valve.
7. Slowly close the Main Drain Valve.
8. Fully open the Main Water Control Valve.
9. Notify the owner and monitoring company that the system
has been returned to service.
Supervisory Air or Nitrogen Pressure
Requirements
Water Pressure
psi (bar)
Supervisory Air or Nitrogen Pressure
psi (bar)
Maximum Minimum
20 (1.4)8 (0.6)
30 (2.1)10 (0.7)
50 (3.4)12 (0.8)
75 (5.2)13 (0.9)
100 (6.9)15 (1.0)
125 (12.1)16 (1.1)
150 (10.3)17 (1.2)
175 (12.1)18 (1.2)
200 (13.8)19 (1.3)
225 (15.5)21 (1.4)
250 (17.2)22 (1.5)
275 (19.0)23 (1.6)
300 (20.7)24 (1.7)
Table F
Notes:
1. Supervisory air or nitrogen pressure should be set to no more than 40 psi (2,8 bar)
2. Fastest valve operation is achieved with lower supervisory air or nitrogen pressure; however, the supervisory air or nitrogen pres-
sure must be at least the minimum specified in Table F.
3. Air maintenance devices that maintain a constant pressure are recommended; however, if a tankless compressor is used, the
“compressor on” setting of the pressure switch must comply with the minimum pressure in the table above.
Guarantee
For Reliable Automatic Sprinkler, Co., Inc. guarantee, terms,
and conditions, visit www.reliablesprinkler.com.
After fully resetting the Reliable Model EX Dry Pipe Valve,
confirm that all valves are in the correct position and
properly monitored as required by NFPA 13:
• Main Water Control Valve: Open• Push Rod Chamber Supply Valve: Open
• Accelerator Inlet Valve (if present): Open
• Air or Nitrogen Supply Valve: Open
• Alarm Line Valve: Open
• Alarm Test Valve: Closed
• Main Drain Valve: Closed• Emergency Manual Release Valve: Closed (Secured)
Listings & Approvals
(Only when used with Reliable’s Trim Sets.)
1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and UL certified
for Canada (cULus).
2. Certified by Factory Mutual Approvals (FM).
3. Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB)
4. VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH (VdS) (DN50, DN65, DN80,
DN100, DN150, and DN200 sizes only).
5. EN Certificates (CE) per EN 12259-3:2000 + A1:2001 +
A2:2005
DN50: 0786-CPR-40300
DN65: 0786-CPR-40301
DN80: 0786-CPR-40302
DN100: 0786-CPR-40303
DN150: 0786-CPR-40304
DN200: 0786-CPR-40305
Bulletin 359
September 2018
Page 10 of 11
www.reliablesprinkler.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Ordering Information
Specify:
Valve: Model EX Low Pressure Dry Pipe Valve
Size: (See Table A)
End Connections: (See Table A)
Standard Trim(1):
• Fully assembled with control valve
• Fully assembled without control valve
• Segmentally assembled trim
• Loose trim (Note: Loose trim does not include low pres-
sure switch [P/N 6990019313] and alarm switch [P/N
6990006382]; order separately)
(1) Please contact Reliable Sales for domestic trim options.
Options:
• Model B-1 Accelerator (P/N 6516000003)
• Pushrod Chamber Pressure Relief Kit (P/N 6503050001) P/N 9999970427Bulletin 359
September 2018
Page 11 of 11
www.reliablesprinkler.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
MFG. #5400928 - REV D
1/08
PRINTED IN USA PAGE 1 OF 3
PS10 SERIES
PRESSURE SWITCH
Patent Pending
Installation
The Potter PS10 Series Pressure Actuated Switches are designed for the
detection of a waterfl ow condition in automatic fi re sprinkler systems of
particular designs such as wet pipe systems with alarm check valves, dry
pipe, preaction, or deluge valves. The PS10 is also suitable to provide a
low pressure supervisory signal; adjustable between 4 and 15 psi (0,27 and
1,03 BAR).
1. Apply Tefl on tape to the threaded male connection on the device.
(Do not use pipe dope)
2. Device should be mounted in the upright position (threaded connection down).
3. Tighten the device using a wrench on the fl ats on the device.
Wiring Instructions
1. Remove the tamper resistant screw with the special key provided.
2. Carefully place a screwdriver on the edge of the knockout and
sharply apply a force suffi cient to dislodge the knockout plug. See Fig 9
3. Run wires through an approved conduit connector and affi x the connector
to the device.
4. Connect the wires to the appropriate terminal connections for the
service intended. See Figures 2,4,5, and 6. See Fig 7 for two switch, one
conduit wiring.
Testing
The operation of the pressure alarm switch should be tested upon completion
of installation and periodically thereafter in accordance with the applicable
NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction
(manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently).
Wet System
Method 1: When using PS10 and control unit with retard - connect PS10
(UL, cUL, and CSFM Listed, FM and LPC Approved, NYMEA
Accepted, CE Marked Pending)
Dimensions: 3.78" (9,6cm)W x 3.20" (8,1cm)D x 4.22" (10,7cm)H
Conduit Entrance: Two knockouts provided for 1/2" conduit. Individual
switch compartments and ground screws suitable for
dissimilar voltages.
Enclosure: Cover - Die-cast with textured red powdercoat fi nish, single
cover screw and rain lip.
Base - Die-cast
Pressure Connection: Nylon 1/2" NPT Male
Factory Adjustment: 4 - 8 PSI (0,27 - 0,55 BAR)
Differential: 2 PSI (0,13 BAR) typical
Maximum System Pressure: 300 PSI (20,68 BAR)
Switch Contacts: SPDT (Form C)
10.1 Amps at 125/250VAC, 2.0 Amps at 30VDC
One SPDT in PS10-1, Two SPDT in PS10-2
Environmental Specifi cations:
NEMA 4/IP55 Rated Enclosure - indoor or outdoor when used
with NEMA 4 conduit fi ttings.
Temperature range: -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C)
Service Use:
Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13
One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D
Residential Occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R
National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72
Potter Electric Signal Company • 2081 Craig Road, St. Louis, MO, 63146-4161 • Phone: 800-325-3936/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com
into alarm port piping on the input side of retard chamber and electrically
connect PS10 to control unit that provides a retard to compensate for surges.
Insure that no unsupervised shut-off valves are present between the alarm
check valve and PS10.
Method 2: When using the PS10 for local bell application or with a control
that does not provide a retard feature - the PS10 must be installed on the alarm
outlet side of the retard chamber of the sprinkler system.
Testing: Accomplished by opening the inspector's end-of-line test valve.
Allow time to compensate for system or control retard.
Note: Method 2 is not applicable for remote station service use, if there is an
unsupervised shut-off valve between the alarm check valve and the PS10.
Wet System With Excess Pressure
Connect PS10 into alarm port piping extending from alarm check valve.
Retard provisions are not required. Insure that no unsupervised shut-off
valves are present between the alarm check valve and the PS10.
Testing: Accomplished by opening the water by-pass test valve or the
inspector's end-of-line test valve. When using end-of-line test, allow time
for excess pressure to bleed off.
Dry System
Connect PS10 into alarm port piping that extends from the intermediate
chamber of the alarm check valve. Install on the outlet side of the in-line
check valve of the alarm port piping. Insure that no unsupervised shut-off
valves are present between the alarm check valve and the PS10.
Testing: Accomplished by opening the water by-pass test valve.
Note: The above tests may also activate any other circuit closer or water
motor gongs that are present on the system.
Tamper
Cover incorporates tamper resistant fastener that requires a special key for
removal. One key is supplied with each device. For optional cover tamper
switch kit, order Stock No. 0090200. See bulletin #5401200 PSCTSK.
Ordering Information
Model Description Stock No.
PS10-1 Pressure switch with one set 1340103
SPDT contacts
PS10-2 Pressure switch with two sets 1340104
SPDT contacts
Hex Key 5250062
Cover Tamper Switch Kit 0090200
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
MFG. #5400928 - REV D
1/08
PRINTED IN USA PAGE 2 OF 3
PS10 SERIES
PRESSURE SWITCH
Typical Sprinkler Applications
Switch Clamping Plate TerminalDimensions
OUTG
O
I
N
G
INCO
M
I
N
G
DWG# 923-3
Low Pressure Signal Connection Waterfl ow Signal Connection
WET SYSTEM WITH
EXCESS PRESSURE
WATER
MOTOR
GONG
PS10
RBVSWET
SYSTEM
ALARM
CHECK
VALVE
OS & Y
VALVE
WATER
BY-PASS
VALVE
WET SYSTEM WITHOUT
EXCESS PRESSURE
WATER
MOTOR
GONG
WET
SYSTEM
ALARM
CHECK
VALVE
OS & Y
VALVE
RBVS
WATER
BY-PASS
VALVE
RETARD
PS10
DRY
SYSTEM
ALARM
CHECK
VALVE
OS & Y
VALVE
WATER
BY-PASS
VALVE
CHECK
VALVE RBVS
DRY SYSTEM
PS10 WATER
MOTOR
GONG
DWG. #923-2AA
Fig. 2
Fig. 4 Fig. 5
Fig. 3
Fig. 1
An uninsulated section of a single conductor
should not be looped around the terminal and
serve as two separate connections. The wire
must be severed, thereby providing supervision
of the connection in the event that the wire
becomes dislodged from under the terminal.
Closing of any shutoff valves between the alarm check valve and the PS10 will render the PS10
inoperative. To comply with NFPA-72 any such valve shall be electrically supervised with a
supervisory switch such as Potter Model RBVS.
Local Bell For Waterfl ow Connection
Fig. 6
NOTE: To prevent leakage, apply Teflon tape sealant to male threads only.
2.87
[72.97]
4.22
[107.19]
2.48
[62.87]
3.78
[95.89]
3.20
[81.28]
1.60
[40.64]
GROUND
SCREWS
DWG# 930-1
1/2" NPT
ADJUSTMENT
KNOB
EOLR
TO FIRE ALARM PANEL
DWG# 928-1
EOLR
TO FIRE ALARM PANEL
DWG# 928-2
POSITIVE DC
OR HOT AC
BELL
NEGATIVE DC
OR NEUTRAL AC
LINE LOAD
DWG# 928-3
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
MFG. #5400928 - REV D
1/08
PRINTED IN USA PAGE 3 OF 3
PS10 SERIES
PRESSURE SWITCH
W/ PRESSURE APPLIED
W/O PRESSURE APPLIED
NC
NO
C
C 1 2
NC
NO
C
C 1 2
DWG#928-6
Break out thin section of divider to provide path for wires
when wiring both switches from one conduit entrance.
One Conduit Wiring
Fig. 7 Fig. 9
Removing KnockoutsSwitch Operation
Fig. 8
•Installation must be performed by qualifi ed personnel and in
accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances.
•Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing.
Serious injury or death could result.
•Read all instructions carefully and understand them before
starting installation. Save instructions for future use. Failure to
read and understand instructions could result in improper
operation of device resulting in serious injury or death.
•Risk of explosion. Not for use is hazardous locations. Serious
injury or death could result.
•Do not tighten by grasping the switch enclosure. Use wrenching
fl ats on the bushing only. Failure to install properly could damage
the switch and cause improper operation resulting in damage to
equipment and property.
•To seal threads, apply Tefl on tape to male threads only. Using
joint compounds or cement can obstruct the pressure port inlet
and result in improper device operation and damage to equipment.
•Do not over tighten the device, standard piping practices apply.
Engineer/Architect Specifi cations Pressure Type
Waterfl ow Switch
Pressure type waterfl ow switches; shall be a Model PS10 as
manufactured by Potter Electric Signal Company, St Louis MO.,
and shall be installed on the fi re sprinkler system as shown and or
specifi ed herein.
Switches shall be provided with a ½” NPT male pressure connection
and shall be connected to the alarm port outlet of; Wet Pipe Alarm
Valves, Dry Pipe Valves, Pre-Action Valves, or Deluge Valves. The
pressure switch shall be actuated when the alarm line pressure reaches
4 - 8 PSI (0,27 - 0,55 BAR).
Pressure type waterfl ow switches shall have a maximum service
pressure rating of 300 PSI (20,68 BAR) and shall be factory adjusted
to operate on a pressure increase of 4 - 8 PSI (0,27 - 0,55 BAR)
Pressure switch shall have one or two form C contacts, switch contact
rating 10.1 Amps at 125/250 VAC, 2.0 Amps at 30 VDC.
Pressure type waterfl ow switches shall have two conduit entrances
one for each individual switch compartment to facilitate the use of
dissimilar voltages for each individual switch.
The cover of the pressure type waterfl ow switch shall be Zinc die-cast
with rain lip and shall attach with one tamper resistant screw. The
Pressure type waterfl ow switch shall be suitable for indoor or outdoor
service with a NEMA 4/IP55 rating.
The pressure type waterfl ow switch shall be UL Ulc and CSFM listed,
FM and LPC approved and NYMEA accepted.
DWG# 928-4
DWG#928-5
Terminal
C: Common1: Closed when installed
under normal system pressure.
2: Open when installed under normal system
pressure. Closes on pressure drop. Use for
low pressure supervision.
Terminal
1: Open with no pressure
supplied. Closes upon
detection of pressure.
Use for waterfl ow
indication.
2: Closed with no
pressure applied.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
MFG. #5400930 - REV D
1/08
PRINTED IN USA PAGE 1 OF 3
PS40 SERIES
PRESSURE SWITCH
Installation
The Potter PS40 Series Pressure Actuated Switches are designed primarily to
detect an increase and/or decrease from normal system pressure in automatic
fi re sprinkler systems. Typical applications are: Dry pipe system, pre-action
air/nitrogen supervision, pressure tanks, air supplies, and water supplies.
The PS40 switch is factory set for 40 PSI (2,8 BAR) normal system pressure.
The switch marked with the word LOW is set to operate at a pressure decrease
of 10 PSI (,7 BAR) at 30 PSI (2,1 BAR). The switch marked with the word
HIGH is set to operate at a pressure increase of 10 PSI (,7 BAR) at 50 PSI
(3,5 BAR). See section heading Adjustments and Testing if other than
factory set point is required.
1. Connect the PS40 to the system side of any shutoff or check valve.
2. Apply Tefl on tape to the threaded male connection on the device.
(Do not use pipe dope)
3. Device should be mounted in the upright position.
(Threaded connection down)
4. Tighten the device using a wrench on the fl ats on the device.
Wiring Instructions
1. Remove the tamper resistant screw with the special key provided.
2. Carefully place a screwdriver on the edge of the knockout and sharply
apply a force suffi cient to dislodge the knockout plug. See Fig. 9
3. Run wires through an approved conduit connector and affi x the
connector to the device. A NEMA-4 rated conduit fi tting is
required for outdoor use.
(UL, cUL, and CSFM Listed, FM and LPC Approved, NYMEA Accepted, CE Marked Pending)
Dimensions: 3.78" (9,6cm)W x 3.20" (8,1cm)D x 4.22" (10,7cm)H
Conduit Entrance: Two knockouts provided for 1/2" conduit. Individual
switch compartments and ground screw suitable for
dissimilar voltages
Enclosure: Cover- Die-cast with textured red powdercoat fi nish, single
cover screw and rain lip.
Base- Die-cast
Pressure Connection: Nylon 1/2" NPT male
Factory Adjustment: PS40-1 operates on decrease at 30 PSI (2,1 BAR)
PS40-2 operates in increase at 50 PSI (3,5 BAR)
and on decrease at 30 PSI (2,1 BAR)
Pressure Range: 10-60 PSI (,7 - 4,1 BAR)
Differential: Typical 1 lb. at 10 PSI (,07 at ,7 BAR) 4 lbs at 60 PSI (,28 at 4,1 BAR)
Maximum System Pressure: 300 PSI (20,68 BAR)
Switch Contacts: SPDT (Form C)
10.1 Amps at 125/250VAC, 2.0 Amps at 30VDC
One SPDT in PS40-1, Two SPDT in PS40-2
Environmental Specifi cations:
NEMA 4/IP55 Rated Enclosure - indoor or outdoor when used
with NEMA 4 conduit fi ttings.
Temperature range: -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C)
Tamper: Cover incorporates tamper resistant fastener that requires a
special key for removal. One key is supplied with each device.
For optional cover tamper switch kit, order Stock No. 0090200.
See bulletin #5401200 PSCTSK.
Service Use:
Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13
One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D
Residential Occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R
National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72
Potter Electric Signal Company • 2081 Craig Road, St. Louis, MO, 63146-4161 • Phone: 800-325-3936/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com
Ordering Information
Model Description Stock No.
PS40-1 Pressure switch with one set SPDT contacts 1340403
PS40-2 Pressure switch with two sets SPDT contacts 1340404
Hex Key 5250062
Cover Tamper Switch Kit 0090200
BVL Bleeder valve 1000018
4. Connect the wires to the appropriate terminal connections for the
service intended. See Figures 2,4,5,6, and 8
Adjustment And Testing
The operation of the pressure supervisory switch should be tested upon
completion of installation and periodically thereafter in accordance with
the applicable NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having
jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently).
Note: Testing the PS40 may activate other system connected devices.
The use of a Potter BVL (see product bulletin 8900067 for details) is
recommended to facilitate setting and testing of the PS40 pressure switch.
When a BVL (bleeder valve) is used, the pressure to the switch can be
isolated and bled from the exhaust port on the BVL without effecting the
supervisory pressure of the entire system. See Fig. 3
The operation point of the PS40 Pressure Switch can be adjusted to any
point between 10 and 60 PSI (0,7 - 4,11 BAR) by turning the adjustment
knob(s) clockwise to raise the actuation point and counter clockwise to
lower the actuation point. In the case of the PS40-2, both switches operate
independent of each other. Each switch may be independently adjusted to
actuate at any point acrosss the switch adjustment range. Initial adjustment
can be made with a visual reference from the top of the adjustment knob
across to the printed scale on the switch bracket. Final adjustments should
be verifi ed with a pressure gauge.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
MFG. #5400930 - REV D
1/08
PRINTED IN USA PAGE 2 OF 3
PS40 SERIES
PRESSURE SWITCH
Typical Sprinkler Applications
Switch Clamping Plate TerminalDimensions
OUTG
OI
N
G INCOM
I
N
G
DWG# 923-3
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3
GONG
MOTOR
WATER
TEST
BY-PASS
WATER
VALVE
OS & Y
VALVE
ALARM
PRESSURE
SWITCH
PS10
CHECK
VALVE
VALVE
CHECK
BVL
VALVE
TEST
BLEEDER
AIR LINE
SHUT-OFF
VALVE
PS40
DWG. #924-1A
RBVS
DRY PIPE
VALVE
Typical Connections
Fig. 4
An uninsulated section of a single conductor
should not be looped around the terminal and
serve as two separate connections. The wire
must be severed, thereby providing supervision
of the connection in the event that the wire
becomes dislodged from under the terminal.
Closing of any shutoff valves between the
alarm check valve and the PS10 will render
the PS10 inoperative. To comply with NFPA-
72 any such valve shall be electrically
supervised with a supervisory switch such as
Potter Model RBVS.
NOTE: To prevent leakage, apply Teflon tape sealant to male threads only.
2.87
[72.97]
4.22
[107.19]
2.48
[62.87]
3.78
[95.89]
3.20
[81.28]
1.60
[40.64]
GROUND
SCREWS
DWG# 930-1
1/2" NPT
ADJUSTMENT
KNOB
COM 1 2
EOLRTO FIRE
ALARM
PANEL
TO FIRE
ALARM
PANEL
COM12
21COM
HIGH
AIR
LOW
AIR
PS40-1 PS40-2WITH NORMAL SYSTEM PRES-
SURE APPLIED LOW -TERMINAL 2
CLOSES ON PRESSURE DROP.
WITH NORMAL SYSTEM
PRESSURE APPLIED HIGH
- TERMINAL 1 WILL CLOSE
ON PRESSURE INCREASE.
EOLR
DWG# 930-2
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
MFG. #5400930 - REV D
1/08
PRINTED IN USA PAGE 3 OF 3
PS40 SERIES
PRESSURE SWITCH
DWG# 928-4
Break out thin section of divider to provide path for wires
when wiring both switches from one conduit entrance.
One Conduit Wiring
Fig. 6
Fig. 8
DWG#928-5
Fig. 9
Removing Knockouts
NC
NC
NO
NO
C
C
C 12
C 12
LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
DWG# 930-3
Changing Pressure
Low Pressure Signal Connection
EOLR
TO FIRE ALARM PANEL
DWG# 928-1
EOLR
TO FIRE ALARM PANEL
DWG# 928-2
High Pressure Signal Connection
Fig. 5 Fig. 7
(With normal system pressure)
Engineer/Architect Specifi cations Pressure Type Waterfl ow Switch
Pressure type supervisory switches; shall be a Model PS40 as manufactured by
Potter Electric Signal Company, St. Louis, MO., and shall be installed on the fi re
sprinkler system as shown and or specifi ed herein.
Switches shall be provided with a 1/2" NPT male pressure connection to be
connected into the air supply line on the system side of any shut-off valve. A
Model BVL bleeder valve as supplied by Potter Electric Signal Company of St.
Louis, MO., or equivalent shall be connected in line with the PS40 to provide a
means of testing the operation of the supervisory switch. (See Fig. 3)
The switch unit shall contain SPDT (Form C) switch(es). One switch shall be
set to operate at a pressure decrease of 10 PSI (0,7 BAR) from normal. If two
switches are provided, the second switch shall be set to operate at a pressure
increase of 10 PSI (0,7 BAR) from normal.
Switch contacts shall be rated at 10.1 Amps at 125/250VAC and 2.0 Amps at
30VDC. The units shall have a maximum pressure rating of 300 PSI (20,68 BAR)
and shall be adjustable from 10 to 60 PSI (0,7 to 4,1 BAR).
Pressure switches shall have two conduit entrances, one for each individual switch
compartment to facilitate the use of dissimilar voltages for each individual switch.
The cover of the pressure switch shall be zinc die-cast with rain lip and shall attach
with one tamper resistant screw. The pressure switch shall be suitable for indoor or
outdoor service with a NEMA-4/IP55 rating.
The pressure switch shall be UL, ULC, and CSFM listed, FM and LPC approved
and NYMEA accepted.
•Installation must be performed by qualifi ed personnel and in accordance with all
national and local codes and ordinances.
•Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious injury or death
could result.
•Read all instructions carefully and understand them before starting installation.
Save instructions for future use. Failure to read and understand instructions could
result in improper operation of device resulting in serious injury or death.
•Risk of explosion. Not for use is hazardous locations. Serious injury or death could result.
•Do not tighten by grasping the switch enclosure. Use wrenching fl ats on the bushing
only. Failure to install properly could damage the switch and cause improper operation
resulting in damage to equipment and property.
•To seal threads, apply Tefl on tape to male threads only. Using joint compounds or
cement can obstruct the pressure port inlet and result in improper device operation and
damage to equipment.
•Do not over tighten the device, standard piping practices apply.
Terminal
C: Common1: Closed when installed
under normal system pressure.
2: Open when installed under normal system
pressure. Closes on pressure drop. Use for
low air signal.
Terminal
1: Open when installed
under normal system
pressure. Closes on
increase in pressure.
Use for high air signal.
2: Closed under normal
system pressure.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
www.reliablesprinkler.com
Product Description
Models A/A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device
The Model A/A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device (PMD) is de-
signed for use where a source of compressed air (plant air sys-
tem, tank-mounted compressor with a pressure control, etc.) or
nitrogen cylinder (equipped with a regulating device) is available.
The regulator in the Model A/A-2 PMD reduces higher pressure air
or nitrogen to a level required by a dry pipe valve, dry pilot line,
or a deluge valve based preaction system. The Model A/A-2 PMD
will maintain a constant pressure in the system regardless of any
pressure fluctuations from the compressed air or nitrogen source.
Basic functionality of components (refer to Fig. 1): The strainer’s
function is to prevent any foreign matter that may be present in
the air supply, from traveling to the regulator and the check valve,
thereby ensuring their normal operation. The check valve’s func-
tion is to prevent the reverse flow of water resulting from a dry pipe
or deluge valve’s operation, from reaching the regulator. Two 1/4”
valves allow for the servicing (if needed) of the strainer and reg-
ulator without having to shut down the sprinkler system. The 1/2”
ball valve permits the rapid restoration (quick-fill) of the required
system air pressure during commissioning, or after service or op-
eration. The 1/2” ball valve must be closed and the 1/4” valves
must be open for proper automatic operation.
Models B/B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device
The Model B/B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device (PMD) is de-
signed for use in conjunction with a tankless air compressor with-
out a pressure control switch to maintain the correct air pressure in
a dry pipe valve, dry pilot line, or a deluge valve based preaction
system.
Basic functionality of components (refer to Figure 2): A drop in the
sprinkler system’s air pressure causes the contacts of the pressure
switch to close, thereby activating the air compressor. When the
pre-adjusted level of air pressure is restored, the pressure switch’s
contacts re-open, thereby deactivating the air compressor. The
pressure switch is also equipped with an unloader valve that au-
tomatically bleeds off the air compressor’s outlet pressure each
time the contacts of the pressure switch open. This protects the
air compressor’s motor from overloading during startup. Like the
Model A/A-2 PMD, the Model B/B-1 has a strainer for contamina-
tion control and a check valve to prevent reverse water flow. The
1/2” ball valve and 1/4” valves are also identical in configuration
and function as with the Model A/A-2 PMD. Likewise, the 1/2” ball
valve must be closed and the 1/4” valves must be open for proper
automatic operation.
Models A, A-2, B, & B-1 Automatic Pressure Maintenance Devices
Bulletin 251 Rev. V May 2018
Model B Pressure
Maintenance Device
Model A Pressure Maintenance Device
cULus Listed
FM Approved
Model A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device
Model B-1 Pressure
Maintenance Device
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Model A Pressure Maintenance Device
P/N 6304001123 (23psi), (All steel pipe fittings are galvanized)
Item
No.Part No.Description Qty.
12
34
5
67
89
10
1112
9660660796606608
9817440498543210
98543227
9861440398681630
9872760798815201
98840147
988402379884011E
TEE, 1/2” X 1/2” X 1/4”TEE, 1/4” X 1/4” X 1/4”
ELL, 1/4”NIPPLE, 1/2” X 2-1/2”
NIPPLE, 1/4” X CLO
SQ. HEAD PLUG, 1/4”REGULATOR, 1/4”, 5 - 100 PSI
STRAINER, 1/4” G.J. UNION, 1/4”
CHECK VALVE, 1/4” INLINE POPPET
BALL VALVE, 1/4” NPTM X NPTFBALL VALVE, 1/2” NPTM X NPTF
21
11
6
11
12
1
21
Outlet Pressure Range: 5 – 100 psi (0,34 – 6,9 bar)
Maximum Inlet Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar)
Inlet/Outlet Threads: 1/2” NPT (A); 3/4” NPT (A-2)
The pressure regulator is factory set to maintain a nominal
system air or nitrogen pressure of 23 psi (1,6 bar). In order to
change the outlet pressure, loosen the locknut at the top of
regulator and turn the adjustment screw clockwise to increase
pressure. To decrease the pressure, turn the adjusting screw
counter clockwise. The resulting pressure can be determined
at the sprinkler system air gauge, or the optional gauge location
provided on the device, once the flow or air or nitrogen through
the device has ceased.
Note: The locknut of the regulator must be tightened after adjusting
in order to prevent an accidental change in the pressure setting.
Installation
Install the pressure maintenance device in the line between the com-
pressed air or nitrogen supply and the dry pipe system, preaction
system, or dry pilot line detection system. The supply for the Model
A/A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device can be a tank-mounted com-
pressor (dedicated or plant air), a nitrogen generator with a tank, or
bottled nitrogen with a high pressure regulator. Install the Model A/A-
2 as close to the dry pipe valve, deluge valve, or preaction system
technical bulletins for additional information.
Note: It is imperative that the entire air or nitrogen supply sys-
tem be tested and made leak-free. Leaks in the supply sys-
tem will result in excessive compressor operation, depletion of
bottled nitrogen, and possible unintended release of the fire
protection system.
Bulletin 251 Rev. V
May 2018
Page 2 of 4
www.reliablesprinkler.com
Model A Pressure Maintenance Device Figure 1
Model A/A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device
Model A/A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device
Model A Model A-2
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Model B Pressure Maintenance Device
P/N 6304012100 (All steel pipe fittings are galvanized)
Item
No.Part No.Description Qty.
1
23
45
6
78
910
11
1213
1415
16
17
96606607
9660660898048034
9808563098523100
98543223
9854322698543227
9861440398727607
98728801
9875000498815201
9884014798840237
9884011E
98768000
TEE, 1/2” X 1/2” X 1/4”
TEE, 1/4” X 1/4” X 1/4”BUSHING, 3/8” X 1/4”
CONNECTOR, 1/4” TUBING X 1/4” NPTRESTRICTION ORIFICE
NIPPLE, 1/2” X 1-1/2”
NIPPLE, 1/4” X 1-1/2”NIPPLE, 1/4” X CLO
SQ. HEAD PLUG, 1/4”STRAINER, 1/4”
PRESSURE SWITCH; 14 PSI TO 60 PSI
CROSS, 1/4”G.J. UNION, 1/4”
CHECK VALVE, 1/4” INLINE POPPETBALL VALVE, 1/4” NPTM X NPTF
BALL VALVE, 1/2” NPTM X NPTF
COPPER TUBING, 1/4”
2
11
11
1
23
11
1
12
12
1
18”
Pressure Switch Adjustment Range: 14 – 60 psi (1,0 – 4,1 bar)
Maximum Inlet Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar)
Inlet/Outlet Threads: 1/2” NPT (B); 3/4” NPT (B-1)
WARNING: Disconnect power to the Model B/B-1 Pressure
Maintenance Device prior to opening the pressure switch
cover.
The pressure switch is factory set to start the compressor at 27
psi (1,9 bar) and stop the compressor at 35 psi (2,4 bar).
In order to change the setting, remove the pressure switch’s
cover and follow the directions contained within the switch.
Verify the start and stop pressures at the sprinkler system air
gauge, or at the optional gauge location provided on the de-
vice.
Note: Adjustment of the differential between the start and stop pres-sures of the compressor is not recommended.
Electrical Rating:
Single Phase: 120 Volts AC; 2 hp
240 Volts AC; 3 hp
600 Volts AC; 5 hp
Three Phase: 240 Volts AC; 5 hp
600 Volts AC; 5 hp
115-230 Volts DC; 3 hp
Installation
Install the pressure maintenance device in the line between the com-
pressed air or nitrogen supply and the dry pipe system, preaction
system, or dry pilot line detection system. The supply for the Model
B/B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device is a tank-less compressor with-
out a pressure switch. Install the Model B/B-1 as close to the dry
pipe valve, deluge valve, or preaction system technical bulletins for
additional information.
Note: It is imperative that the entire air or nitrogen supply system be tested and made leak-free. Leaks in the supply system will result in
excessive compressor operation, depletion of bottled nitrogen, and
possible unintended release of the fire protection system.
Model B/B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device Wiring:
Remove the pressure switch’s cover and connect the wiring in
accordance with the National Electric Code or other appropri-
ate standards. The connections should be as shown in Figure
3 for single phase wiring of thermally protected compressor
motors.
For 3-phase wiring, a listed and/or approved, properly sized
magnetic motor starter with appropriate NEMA enclosure must
be provided. The wiring of the pressure switch, motor starter,
and air compressor must be in accordance with the National
Electrical Code, or other appropriate standards.
Bulletin 251 Rev. V
May 2018
Page 3 of 4
www.reliablesprinkler.com
Model B Pressure Maintenance Device Figure 2
Model B/B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device
Model B/B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device
Figure 3Model B/B-1 PMD Electrical Connections
Model B Model B-1
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Maintenance
Refer to Figures 1 & 2.
1. Review the latest NFPA 13 and NFPA 25 Standards, any
appropriate dry pipe or deluge valve installation bulletins,
and the section in this bulletin titled “Installation” to ensure
that the pressure maintenance device is installed properly.
2. Make sure that both 1/4” valves are open and that the 1/2”
ball valve is closed.
3. Check the gas pressure in the dry pipe, deluge or preac-
tion system at the pressure gauge located on those devic-
es. See the section titled “Adjustment” if any are required.
4. If maintenance is to be performed on the strainer, regula-
tor, or pressure switch of the pressure maintenance device,
make sure that both 1/4” valves are closed and that pres-
sure has been relieved from the section through the union.
These 1/4” valves must be opened again in order to restore
proper automatic operation.
5. The strainer should be cleaned periodically to prevent
contamination from blocking air flow. This can be done by
removing the strainer’s cap and wiping or blowing off any
collected debris.
6. Make sure the check valve is installed according to the
schematic with the arrow on its hexagonal side pointing in
the required direction of air flow.
7. If the regulator in the Model A/A-2 Pressure Maintenance
Device is constantly leaking at the adjusting screw, the
regulator may contain dirt keeping the poppet open and
should be cleaned or replaced.
8. Check the inside housing of pressure switch of the Mod-
el B/B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device for dirt or foreign
matter and verify that the wiring is fastened securely and is
wiring insulation is in good condition.
Listings and Approvals
• Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and Underwriters
Laboratories of Canada. (cULus)
• FM Approved
Guarantee
For Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. guarantee, terms, and
conditions, visit www.reliablesprinkler.com.
Ordering Information
Specify:
Model: [A Pressure Maintenance Device]
[A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device]
[B Pressure Maintenance Device]
[B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device]P/N 9999970040Bulletin 251 Rev. V
May 2018
Page 4 of 4
www.reliablesprinkler.com
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523
Models F1 Series
Standard Response
Sprinklers Bulletin 013 Rev. NBulletin 013 Rev. N
Model F156 Sprinkler Types
Standard Upright
Standard Pendent
Conventional
Vertical Sidewall
Horizontal Sidewall
Model F156 Recessed Sprinkler Types
Pendent/F1/F2/FP
Horizontal Sidewall
Model F142, F1XLH & F128 Sprinkler Types
Standard Upright
Standard Pendent
Model F142, F1XLH & F128 Recessed Sprinkler
Types
Pendent/F1/F2/FP
Approval Organizations
1. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and certified for
Canada (cULus)
2. Factory Mutual Approvals (FM)
3. Loss Prevention Council (LPCB, UK)
4. VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH
5. EC Certificate: 0786-CPD-40237 (RA1314)
0786-CPD-40253 (RA1325)
0786-CPD-40254 (RA1375)
Recessed
Pendent/F1/F2
Horizontal Sidewall
Pendent ConventionalUpright
Vertical Sidewall
Recessed
Horizontal Sidewall
Recessed
Pendent/FP
XLH Upright
XLH Pendent XLH Recessed
Pendent F1/F2 XLH Recessed
Pendent FP
UL Listing Category
Sprinklers, Automatic & Open (VNIV)
Product Description
The F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Series Glass Bulb
Sprinkler combines the durability of a standard sprinkler
with the attractive low profile of a decorative sprinkler.
Whether installed on exposed piping or in an office ceil-
ing, it is functional and attractive.
Beautifully versatile is the description for the Reliable
Models F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Series Recessed
glass bulb sprinkler. Recessing the F156, F142, F1XLH &
F128 Series enhances its already low profile decorative
appearance, and facilitates a rapid and perfect installa-
tion.
The recessed escutcheon of the Models F156, F142,
F1XLH & F128 are highly adjustable. The two piece con-
struction makes field installation a very easy and rapid
task. This also allows ceiling panels to later be removed
without shutting down the fire protection system, thus fa-
cilitating maintenance of above ceiling services.
The F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Series Automatic Sprin-
kler utilizes a 5.0 mm frangible glass bulb. The glass bulb
consists of an accurately controlled amount of special
fluid hermetically sealed inside a precisely manufactured
glass capsule. This glass bulb is specially constructed to
provide fast thermal response.
At normal temperatures, the glass bulb contains the
fluid in both the liquid phase and in the vapor phase. The
vapor phase can be seen as a small bubble. As heat is
applied, the liquid expands forcing the bubble smaller
and smaller as the liquid pressure increases. Continued
heating forces the liquid to push out against the bulb,
causing the glass to shatter, opening the waterway and
allowing the deflector to distribute the discharging water.
The F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Series Sprinkler tem-
perature rating is identified by the color of the glass bulb
capsule as well as frame color where applicable.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Technical data:
Models Nominal K-Factor Response Thread
Size
Max.
Working
Pressure
Min.
Working
Pressure
Temperature
Rating Finish
F156 5.6 (80 Metric)
Standard
½” NPT
(R½)175 PSI(1)7 PSI
See
“Temperature
Ratings” Table
See
“Finish Table”F142
F1XLH 4.2 (60 Metric)
F128 2.8 (40 Metric)
Material Data:
Frame Deflector Load Screw Pintle Cup Washer Bulb
DZR Brass
QM Brass
CDA Alloy 260,
CDA Alloy 220
or
CDA Alloy 510
CDA Alloy 360
or
CDA Alloy 544
CDA Alloy 360
or
CDA Alloy 544
CDA Alloy 651
or
CDA Alloy 693
Nickel Alloy 440 or Alloy 360
coated with PTFE Adhesive
Tape
Glass
(1) Model F156 upright, pendent, and recessed pendent sprinklers (SIN RA1325 and RA1314) are cULus Listed for 250
psi (17 bar).
2.
Model F142, F1XLH Upright
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
3.
Model F156, Upright, Pendent & Conventional Sprinklers
Model F142, F1XLH & F128 Upright & Pendent Sprinklers
Installation Wrench: Model D Sprinkler Wrench or Model W2 Sprinkler Wrench
Installation Data:
Nominal
Orifice
Thread
Size
Nominal K-Factor Sprinkler
Height
Approval
Organization
Sprinkler Identification Number
(SIN)
US Metric Upright Pendent
Standard-Upright (SSU) and pendent Deflectors Marked to Indicate Position
½” (15mm) (1)½” NPT (R½)5.6 80 2.25” (57mm)1, 2, 3, 4, 5 RA1325(2)(3)(5)(6)RA1314(2)(3)(5)(6)
7/16” (10mm)½” NPT (R½)4.2 60 2.25” (57mm)1 RA1323(2)(6)RA1313(6)
3/8” (10mm)½” NPT (R½)2.8 40 2.25” (57mm)1 RA1321(2)(6)RA1311(6)
Conventional-Install in Upright or Pendent Position
15mm (1)½” NPT (R½)5.6 80 57mm 3, 4, 5 RA1375(5)
(1) Refer to Bulletin 024 for Special Response Sprinklers (F1S5-56)
(2) cULus Listed corrosion resistant (Polyester coated) sprinkler.
(3) Polyester coated FM Approved sprinkler.
(4) -----
(5) Polyester coated LPCB & VdS approved sprinkler RA1325, RA1314 & RA1375.
(6) Electroless Nickel PTFE Plated - UL listed Corrosion Resistant
Pendent ConventionalUpright
Model F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 F1 or F2 Model F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 FP
Model F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Recessed Pendent Sprinklers(1)
Installation Wrench: Model GFR2 Sprinkler Wrench
Installation Data:
Nominal
Orifice
Thread
Size
Nominal K-Factor Sprinkler
Height
Sprinkler Identification Number
(SIN)US Metric
½” (15mm)½” NPT (R½)5.6 80 2.25” (57mm)RA1314(2)
7/16” (10mm)½” NPT (R½)4.2 60 2.25” (57mm)RA1313(2)
3/8” (10mm)½” NPT (R½)2.8 40 2.25” (57mm)RA1311(2)
(1) Refer to escutcheon data table for approvals & dimensions
(2) Electroless Nickel PTFE Plated - cULus listed Corrosion Resistant
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
4.
Model F156 Vertical Sidewall Sprinkler
Installation Wrench: Model D Sprinkler Wrench or
Model W2 Sprinkler Wrench
Installation Position: Upright or Pendent
Approval Type: Light Hazard Occupancy
U.S. Patent No. 6,374,920
Sprinkler Type Deflector to Ceiling Distance
(Min. - Max.)
Upright 4” (102mm) - 12” (305mm)
Pendent 4” (102mm) - 12” (305mm)
Installation Data:
Nominal
Orifice Thread Size
Nominal K Factor Sprinkler
Height
Approval (1)
Organizations
Sprinkler
Identification
Numbers (SIN)US Metric
½” (15mm)½” NPT (R½)5.6 80 2.25” (57mm)1, 2, 3 RA1385(1)(2)(3)(4)
(1) LPC Approval is pendent only, 57°C through 141°C ratings.
(2) cULus Listed corrosion resistant (Polyester coated) sprinkler.
(3) cULus Listed & FM Approved corrosion resistant for lead, wax and wax over lead.
(4) Electroless Nickel PTFE Plated - cULus listed Corrosion Resistant
Model F156 Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler
Deflector: HSW
Installation Wrench: Model D Sprinkler Wrench or Model W2 Sprinkler Wrench
Installation Data:Horizontal Sidewall
Nominal Orifice Thread Size
Nominal K Factor Sprinkler
Height Approval Organizations Sprinkler
Identification
Numbers (SIN)US Metric Light Hazard Ordinary
Hazard
½” (15mm)½” NPT (R1/2)5.6 80 2.63” (67mm)1, 2 1 RA1335(1)(2)(3)(4)
(1) cULus Listed corrosion resistant (Polyester coated) sprinkler.
(2) cULus Listed & FM Approved corrosion resistant for lead, wax and wax over lead.
(3) Polyester coated FM approved sprinkler.
(4) Electroless Nickel PTFE Plated - cULus listed Corrosion Resistant
Horizontal Sidewall
Vertical Sidewall
Note: For Recessed HSW Sprinklers use installation wrench GFR2.
FM and cULus permits use with F1 or F2 escutcheons for
“Light Hazard” only.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Application
Model F156, F142, F1XLH, F128 & Model F156, F142, F1XLH &
F128 Recessed sprinklers are used in fixed fire protection systems:
Wet, Dry, Deluge or Preaction. Care must exercised that the orifice
size, temperature rating, deflector style and sprinkler type are in ac-
cordance with the latest published standards of the National Fire
Protection Association or the approving Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion Installation.
Installation
Model F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Series sprinklers are standard
response sprinklers intended for installation as specified in NFPA
13. They must also be installed with the Model D Sprinkler Wrench
or Model W2 Sprinkler Wrench specifically designed by Reliable
for use with these sprinklers.
The Model F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Recessed Sprinklers
are to be installed with a maximum recess of ¾ inch (19mm). The
Model F1, F2, and FP Escutcheon illustrated are the only recessed
escutcheon to be used with the Model F156, F142, F1XLH & F128
Recessed Sprinklers. The use of any other recessed escutcheon
will void all approvals and negate all warranties. When installing
Model F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Recessed Sprinklers use the
Model GFR2 Sprinkler Wrench. Any other type of wrench may
damage these sprinklers.
Note: A leak tight ½” NPT (R½) sprinkler joint can be obtained with
a torque of 8 - 18 ft-lbs (11 - 24 N-m). Do not tighten sprinklers over
maximum recommended torque. It may cause leakage or impair-
ment of the sprinklers.
Glass bulb sprinklers have orange covers to protect the bulb dur-
ing the installation process. REMOVE THIS PROTECTION ONLY
AFTER THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED
AND, WHEN APPLICABLE, THE ESCUTCHEONS HAVE BEEN
INSTALLED. RASCO wrenches are designed to install sprinklers
when covers are in place.
Ordering Information
Specify: 1. Sprinkler Model
2. Sprinkler Type
3. Nominal K-Factor
4. Temperature Rating
5. Sprinkler Finish
6. Thread Type: [½” NPT] [ISO 7-1R½]
7. Escutcheon Finish (where applicable) Note: When Models F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Recessed Sprinklers
are ordered, the sprinklers and escutcheons are packaged separately.
Escutcheon Data (1)
(1) SIN: RA1335 - cULus and FM permits use with F1 or F2 escutcheons for light hazard only.
Maintenance
The Model F156, F142, F1XLH & Model F156, F142, F1X-
LH & F128 Recessed Sprinklers should be inspected and
the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA
25. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia
or any other cleaning fluid. Replace any sprinkler which has
been painted (other than factory applied) or damaged in
any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained
to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprin-
klers. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be maintained
in the original cartons and packaging until used to minimize
the potential for damage to sprinklers that would cause im-
proper operation or non-operation.
Temperature Ratings
Classification
Sprinkler
Temperature Max. Ambient
Temp.
Bulb
Color°C °F
Ordinary
Ordinary
Intermediate
Intermediate
High(1)
Extra High(1)
Ultra High (1) (2)
57
68
79
93
141
182
260
135
155
175
200
286
360
500
100°F (38°C)
100°F (38°C)
150°F (66°C)
150°F (66°C)
225°F (107°C)
300°F (149°C)
475°F (246°C)
Orange
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Mauve
Black
(1) Not available for recessed Sprinklers.
(2) cULus listed for SIN RA1325 and RA1314 only.
Maximum Working Pressure
175 psi (12 bar)
SIN RA1325 & RA1314 cULus listed for 250 psi (17 bar)
100% Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar)
Finish(1)
Standard FinishesSprinkler Escutcheon
Bronze
Chrome
Polyester Coated (6)(7)(9)
Brass
Chrome
White PaintedSpecial Application FinishesSprinklerEscutcheon
Electroless Nickel PTFE(3)(10)
Bright Brass(2)
Black Plated
Black Paint(3)(9)
Off White(3)(9)
Chrome Dull
Lead Plated(3)(4)(8)
Wax Coated(3)(4)(5)(8)
Wax Over Lead(3)(4)(5)(8)
Electroless Nickel PTFE
Bright Brass
Black Plated
Black Paint
Off White
Chrome Dull
(1) Other colors and finishes are available on special order. Consult factory for
details. Custom color painted sprinklers may not retain their UL Corrosion
resistance listing.
(2) 200°F (93°C) maximum.
(3) UL and ULC listed only.
(4) 155°F to 200°F (68°C to 93°C) ratings only.
(5) 286°F (141°C) sprinklers may be coated for ambient conditions not exceeding
150°F (66°C).
(6) cULus listed “corrosion resistant” applies to SIN Number RA1325 (Upright)
RA1323 (upright), RA1321(Upright), RA1335 (HSW), RA1385(VSW) and RA1314 (Pendent) in standard black or white. Corrosion resistance in other
polyester colors is available upon request.
(7) FM Approved finish as “Polyester Coated” applies to SIN number RA1314,
RA1335 & RA1325 in standard black or white.
(8) FM Approved finish applies only to SIN number RA1335 & RA1385.
(9) LPCB and VdS Approved finish applies only to RA1325, RA1314 and RA1375.
(10) cULus listed Corrosion Resistant applies to SIN RA1325 ,RA1314 ,RA1323,
RA1313 ,RA1321, RA1311, RA1385 and RA1335
5.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
• Automatic sprinklers
• Flush automatic sprinklers
• Recessed automatic sprinklers
• Concealed automatic sprinklers
• Adjustable automatic sprinklers
• Dry automatic sprinklers
• Intermediate level sprinklers
• Open sprinklers
• Spray nozzles
• Alarm valves
• Retarding chambers
• Dry pipe valves
• Accelerators for dry pipe valves
• Mechanical sprinkler alarms
• Electrical sprinkler alarm switches
• Water flow detectors
• Deluge valves
• Detector check valves
• Check valves
• Electrical system
• Sprinkler emergency cabinets
• Sprinkler wrenches
• Sprinkler escutcheons and guards
• Inspectors test connections
• Sight drains
• Ball drips and drum drips
• Control valve seals
• Air maintenance devices
• Air compressors
• Pressure gauges
• Identification signs
• Fire department connection
Reliable offers a wide selection of sprinkler components. Following are some of the many
precision-made Reliable products that guard life and property from fire around the clock.
Reliable...For Complete Protection
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.(800) 431-1588 Sales Offices
(800) 848-6051 Sales Fax
(914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices
www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address
Manufactured by
Recycled
Paper
Revision lines indicate updated or new data.
EG. Printed in U.S.A. 03/17 P/N 9999970299
The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable.Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for over 90 years.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523
Model F1FR Series
Quick Response
Glass Bulb Sprinklers Bulletin 014 Rev. P Bulletin 014 Rev. P
Model F1FR56 Sprinkler Types
Standard Spray Upright
Standard Spray Pendent
Conventional Upright/Pendent
Vertical Sidewall
Horizontal Sidewall
Model F1FR56 Recessed Sprinkler Types
Standard Spray Pendent
Horizontal Sidewall
Model F1FR56 Concealed Sprinkler Types
Standard Spray Pendent
Model F1FR42, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 Sprinkler
Types
Standard Spray Upright
Standard Spray Pendent
Model F1FR40 Sprinkler Types
Standard Spray Pendent
Model F1FR42, F1FR40, F1FRXLH & F1FR28
Recessed Sprinkler Types
Standard Spray Pendent
Model F1FR56LL & F1FR42LL Low Lead Sprinkler
Types
Standard Spray Pendent with less than 0.25% Lead
Content
Listing & Approvals
The following organizations provide Listings or Approvals
for various Model F1FR series sprinklers. See the Design
and Installation table in this Bulletin for information on
specific listings and approvals applicable to each sprin-
kler.
1. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Certified for
Canada (cULus) in accordance with ANSI/UL199.
2. FM Approvals (FM)
3. Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB)
4. VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH (VdS)
5. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Underwriters
Laboratories of Canada Certified for Health Effects
to NSF/ANSI Standard 61 Annex G (ULH)
6. EC Certificate: 0786-CPD-40239 (RA1414), 0786-
CPD-40251 (RA1425), 0786-CPD-40252 (RA1475)
(EC)
UL Listing Category
Sprinklers, Automatic & Open (VNIV)
Quick Response Sprinkler
Pendent Conventional
Recessed
Pendent/F1/F2
Upright
Vertical Sidewall Horizontal Sidewall
Recessed
Horizontal Sidewall
Recessed
Pendent/FP
Concealed
Pendent
XLH Upright XLH Pendent XLH Recessed
Pendent F1/F2
XLH Recessed
Pendent FP
Product Description
Reliable Model F1FR series sprinklers
are quick-response automatic sprin-
klers with a glass bulb thermal element.
Model F1FR series sprinklers are Stan-
dard Spray sprinklers, with the excep-
tion of the Model F1FR56 Conventional
sprinkler which is an Old-style/Conven-tional sprinkler.
The Model F1FR Series automatic sprinklers utilize a 3.0
mm frangible glass bulb. These sprinklers have demonstrat-
ed response times in laboratory tests which are five to ten
times faster than standard response sprinklers. This quick
response enables the Model F1FR Series sprinklers to apply
water to a fire faster than standard-response sprinklers of the
same temperature rating.
The glass bulb consists of an accurately controlled amount
of special fluid hermetically sealed inside a precisely man-
ufactured glass capsule. This glass bulb is specially con-
structed to provide fast thermal response.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
2.
At normal temperatures, the glass bulb contains the fluid
in both the liquid and vapor phases. The vapor phase can
be seen as a small bubble. As heat is applied, the liquid
expands, forcing the bubble smaller and smaller as the liq-
uid pressure increases. Continued heating forces the liquid
to push out against the bulb, causing the glass to shatter,
opening the waterway and allowing the deflector to distrib-
ute the discharging water.
Model F1FR Series sprinklers provide a wide range of op-
tions where quick-response, glass bulb sprinklers are used:• Pendent, recessed pendent, upright, horizontal
sidewall, and vertical sidewall deflectors• K-factors of 2.8 (40 metric), 4.0 (57 metric), 4.2 (60
metric), and 5.6 (80 metric)• Flush, recessed, and concealed installations
See the Design and Installation Information table in this
Bulletin for information on the approvals and availability of
specific Model F1FR series sprinkler configurations.
Model F1FR Recessed Pendent and Recessed Horizon-
tal Sidewall sprinklers are required to be used with Reliable
Model F1, F2, or FP recessed escutcheons. See the Re-
cessed Escutcheon Data table in this Bulletin for listing and
approval information with each specific Model F1FR series
sprinkler. Model F1 and F2 recessed escutcheons, shown in
Fig. 1 and 3, are a friction fit assembly allowing for 3/4-inch
(19mm) and 1/2-inch (12.7mm) of adjustment, respectively.
Model FP recessed escutcheons, shown in Fig. 2, provide a
1/2-inch (12.7mm) threaded adjustment.
Model F1FR56 Concealed Pendent and Model F1FR56LL
Concealed Pendent sprinklers are required to be used with
Model CCP cover plates. A standard profile Model CCP cov-
er plate is available that provides up to 1/2-inch (12.7mm) of
cover plate adjustment. In addition, a low profile Model CCP
cover plate is also available that provides up to 5/16-inch
(8.0mm) of cover plate adjustment. See the Design and In-
stallation Information and Listed and Approved Temperature
Ratings tables in this Bulletin for further information on ap-
proved cover plate options.
Application
Model F1FR Series sprinklers are intended for use in
accordance with NFPA 13, FM Property Loss Prevention
Data Sheets, and the requirements of the Authority Hav-
ing Jurisdiction. Care must be exercised that the k-factor,
temperature rating, deflector style, and sprinkler type are
in accordance with the requirements of the applicable
design and installation standards. In addition, Model
F1FR Series sprinklers must be used in accordance with
their listings and approvals, as well as the information
provided in this Bulletin.
Installation
Glass bulb sprinklers have orange bulb protectors or pro-
tective caps to minimize bulb damage during shipping, han-
dling and installation. Reliable sprinkler installation wrench-
es are designed to install sprinklers with bulb protectors in
place. Remove the bulb protector at the time when the sprin-
kler system is placed in service for fire protection. Removal
of the bulb protector before this time may leave the bulb vul-
nerable to damage. Remove bulb protectors by undoing the
clasp by hand. Do not use tools to remove bulb protectors.
Model F1FR Series sprinklers must be installed with the
Reliable sprinkler installation wrench identified in the Design
and Installation Information table in this Bulletin. Any other
wrench may damage the sprinkler. A leak tight sprinkler joint
can be obtained with a torque of 8 to 18 lb-ft (11 to 24 N-m).
Do not tighten sprinklers over the maximum recommended
installation torque. Exceeding the maximum recommended
installation torque may cause leakage or impairment of the
sprinkler.
Recessed Sprinklers
Model F1FR Series Recessed sprinklers are to be installed
as shown in Fig. 1, Fig. 2, or Fig. 3, as applicable to the spe-
cific model being installed. The Recessed Escutcheon Data
table in the Bulletin identifies the only recessed escutcheons
that are permitted to be used with each Model F1FR Series
Recessed sprinkler. The use of any other recessed escutch-
eon will void all approvals and negate all warranties.
Concealed Sprinklers
Model F1FR Series Concealed Pendent sprinklers are to
be installed as shown in Fig. 4 or Fig. 5, as applicable to the
selected cover plate. Model F1FR56 Concealed Pendent
and Model F1FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinklers have
a factory-installed Model CCP cup. A protective cap is in-
stalled at the factory that should remain on the sprinkler until
the sprinkler is installed and should then be reinstalled on
the sprinkler until the cover plate is installed. The concealed
sprinkler assemblies are completed by the installation of a
Model CCP push-on/thread-off cover plate assembly. The
cover plate and sprinkler cup assemblies are joined using
a cover plate skirt with flexible tabs for threaded engage-
ment. A choice of two Model CCP cover plate assemblies
provides either 1/2-inch (13mm) or 5/8-inch (8mm) of cover
adjustment. Do not install Model F1FR Series Concealed
Pendent sprinklers in ceilings which have positive pressure
in the space above.
Model F1FR Series Concealed Pendent sprinklers require a
2-5/8-inch (67mm) diameter hole to be cut in the ceiling. The
Model RC1 wrench is used to engage the sprinkler wrenching
surfaces and to install the sprinkler in the fitting. Remove the
protective cap to install the sprinkler, then reinstall the protective
cap until the cover plate is installed. When inserting or remov-
ing the wrench from the sprinkler/cup assembly, care should be
taken to prevent damage to the sprinkler. Do not wrench any
other part of the sprinkler/cup assembly. Installation is com-
pleted by removing the protective cap from the sprinkler and
pushing the cover plate onto the cup. Final adjustment is made
by hand turning the cover plate until the skirt flange makes full
contact with the ceiling. Cover plate removal requires turning the
cover plate in the counter clockwise direction. After installation,
inspect all sprinklers to ensure that there is a gap between the
cover plate and ceiling and that the four cup slots are open and
free from any air flow impediment to the space above.
Concealed cover plate/cup assemblies are listed only for
use with specific sprinklers. The use of any concealed cover
plate/cup assembly other than the Reliable Model CCP with
Model F1FR56 Concealed Pendent and Model F1FR56LL
Concealed Pendent sprinklers or the use of the Model CCP
Concealed cover plate assembly on any sprinkler with
which it is not specifically listed my prevent good fire pro-
tection and will void all guarantees, warranties, listings and
approvals.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
3.
Design and Installation Information
Model
Nominal
K-factor
Nominal
Orifice
Diameter Deflector/
Orientation
Nominal
Sprinkler
Height Installation
Wrench SIN
Listings
and
Approvals
Approval
Notes
US Metric inches mm inches mm
F1FR28 2.8 40 3/8 10
Pendent 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1411 cULus 2
Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1411 cULus 2
Upright 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1421 cULus 1,2
F1FR40 4.0 57 3/8 10 Pendent 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1418 VdS
Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1418 VdS
F1FR42 4.2 60 7/16 10
Pendent 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1413 cULus 2
Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1413 cULus 2
Upright 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1423 cULus 1,2
F1FR42LL 4.2 60 7/16 10 Pendent 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1410 cULus, ULH
Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1410 cULus, ULH
F1FRXLH
(F1FR42
with Pintle)
4.2 60 7/16 10
Pendent 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1413 cULus 2
Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1413 cULus 2
Upright 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1423 cULus 1,2
F1FR56 5.6 80 1/2 15
Pendent 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1414 cULus, FM,
LPCB, VdS, EC 1,2,3,4
Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1414 cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC 1,2,3,4
Concealed Pendent 2.25 57 RC1 RA1414 cULus,VdS,EC 5,6
Upright 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1425 cULus, FM,
LPCB, VdS, EC 1,2,3,4
"Conventional
(Pendent or Upright)"2.25 57 D or W2 RA1475 LPCB, VdS, EC 4
F1FR56LL 5.6 80 1/2 15
Pendent 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1415 cULus, ULH 1
Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1415 cULus, ULH
Concealed Pendent 2.25 57 RC1 RA1415 cULus, ULH 6
F1FR56 5.6 80 1/2 15
Horizontal Sidewall 2.63 67 D or W2 RA1435 cULus, FM 1,2,3,7
Recessed Horizontal Sidewall 2.63 67 GFR2 RA1435 cULus, FM 8
F1FR56 5.6 80 1/2 15 Vertical Sidewall
(Pendent or Upright)2.25 57 D or W2 RA1485 cULus, FM,
LPCB 1,2,3,9
(1) cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant sprinkler when ordered with available Polyester coating.
(2) cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant sprinkler when ordered with available Electroless Nickel PTFE plating.
(3) Available with FM approved Polyester coating in black or white.
(4) Available with LPCB and VdS approved Polyester coating.
(5) VdS and EC approvals of the F1FR56 Concealed Pendent sprinkler are for 155°F (68°C) temperature rated sprinklers only. VdS approved sprin-
klers must use Norbulb brand glass bulbs with the 1/2-inch (12.7mm) adjustment Model CCP cover plate only.
(6) Model F1FR56 Concealed Pendent and Model F1FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinklers must be used with Reliable Model CCP cover plates,
available as either standard depth with 1/2-inch (12.7mm) of adjustment or low profile with 5/16-inch (8.0 mm) of adjustment.
(7) cULus Listing of the F1FR56 Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler is for Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies only. Minimum to maximum deflector to ceiling distance shall be 4 inches to 12 inches (102mm to 305mm). FM Approval of the F1FR56 Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler is for Light Hazard
occupancies only.
(8) cULus Listing and FM Approval of the F1FR56 Recessed Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler is for Light Hazard occupancies only.
(9) The F1FR56 Vertical Sidewall sprinkler is listed and approved for use only in Light Hazard occupancies. LPCB approval of the F1FR56 Vertical
Sidewall sprinkler is for installation in the Pendent position only.
Technical Data:
Sensitivity: Quick-response
Thread Size: 1/2-inch NPT standard; ISO 7-R1/2 optional
Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) - 100% Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar)
SIN RA1425, RA1414 & RA1435 cULus listed for 250 psi (17 bar)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
4.
Listed and Approved Temperature Ratings
Model Deflector/
Orientation
Ordinary Temp.
Classification
100°F (38°C) Max. Ambient
Temp.
Intermediate Temp.
Classification
150°F (65°C) Max. Ambient
Temp.
High Temp.
Classification
225°F (107°C) Max.
Ambient Temp.
135°F (57°C)
Temp. Rating
155°F (68°C)
Temp. Rating
175°F (79°C)
Temp. Rating
200°F (93°C)
Temp. Rating
286°F (141°C) Temp.
Rating
Orange Bulb Red Bulb Yellow Bulb Green Bulb Blue Bulb
F1FR28
Pendent cULus
Recessed Pendent cULus --
Upright cULus
F1FR40 Pendent VdS
Recessed Pendent VdS --
F1FR42
Pendent cULus
Recessed Pendent cULus --
Upright cULus
F1FR42LL Pendent --cULus, ULH --
Recessed Pendent --cULus, ULH --
F1FRXLH
Pendent cULus
Recessed Pendent cULus --
Upright cULus
F1FR56
Pendent cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC
Recessed Pendent cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC --
Concealed Pendent*cULus cULus,VdS,EC cULus --
Upright cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC
“Conventional
(Pendent or Upright)”LPCB, VdS, EC
F1FR56LL
Pendent --cULus, ULH --
Recessed Pendent --cULus, ULH --
Concealed Pendent*--cULus, ULH --
F1FR56
Horizontal Sidewall cULus, FM
Recessed Horizontal
Sidewall cULus, FM --
F1FR56 Vertical Sidewall (Pen-
dent or Upright)cULus, FM, LPCB
* Model F1FR56 Concealed Pendent and F1FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinklers must be used with Reliable Model
CCP cover plates. For Ordinary Temperature Classification sprinklers use a 135°F (57°C) temperature rated cover
plate. For Intermediate Temperature Classification sprinklers use a 165°F (74°C) temperature rated cover plate.
Recessed Escutcheon Data
Model Deflector/
Orientation
Listed and Approved Recessed Escutcheons
SIN
Model F1
(Fig. 1 & 3)
3/4-inch (19mm)
adjustment
Model F2
(Fig. 1 & 3)
1/2-inch (12.7mm)
adjustment
Model FP
(Fig. 2)
1/2-inch (12.7mm)
adjustment
F1FR28 Recessed Pendent cULus cULus cULus RA1411
F1FR40 Recessed Pendent VdS VdS VdS RA1418
F1FR42 Recessed Pendent cULus cULus cULus RA1413
F1FR42LL Recessed Pendent cULus, ULH cULus, ULH cULus, ULH RA1410
F1FR42XLH Recessed Pendent cULus cULus cULus RA1413
F1FR56 Recessed Pendent cULus, LPCB, VdS,
EC
cULus, FM, LPCB,
VdS, EC cULus, VdS, EC RA1414
F1FR56LL Recessed Pendent cULus, ULH cULus, ULH cULus, ULH RA1415
F1FR56 Recessed Horizontal Sidewall cULus cULus, FM cULus RA1435
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
5.
Fig. 1
Model F1FR56, F1FR56LL, F1FR42, F1FR40, F1FR42LL, F1FRXLH & F1FR28
Recessed Pendent sprinkler with Model F1 or F2 escutcheon
Fig. 2
Model F1FR56, F1FR56LL, F1FR42, F1FR40, F1FR42LL, F1FRXLH & F1FR28
Recessed Pendent sprinkler with Model FP escutcheon
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
6.
Fig. 3
Model F1FR56 Recessed Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler with Model F1 or F2 escutcheon
Fig. 4
Model F1FR56/F1FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinkler with standard depth
1/2-inch (12.7mm) adjustment - Model CCP cover plate
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
7.
Fig. 5 - Model F1FR56/F1FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinkler with low profile
5/16-inch (8.0mm) adjustment - Model CCP cover plate
Maintenance
The Model F1FR Series sprinklers should be inspected and
the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA
25. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia or
any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by using a soft brush
or gentle vacuuming. Replace any sprinkler which has been
painted (other than factory applied) or damaged in any way.
A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow
quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers.
Finishes (1)
Standard FinishesSprinklerEscutcheon Cover plate(1)
Bronze Brass ChromeChrome Plated Chrome Plated WhitePolyester Coated (4)(5)(6)White PaintedSpecial Application FinishesSprinklerEscutcheon Cover plate(1)
Electroless Nickel
PTFE(7)
Electroless Nickel
PTFE Bright Brass
Bright Brass(3)Bright Brass Black PlatingBlack Plated Black Plated Black PaintBlack Paint(2)(6)Black Paint Off WhiteOff White(2)(6) Off White Satin ChromeChrome Dull Chrome Dull
(1) Other finishes and colors are available on special order. Consult the
factory for details. Custom color painted sprinklers may not retain their
UL Corrosion resistance listing. Coverplate custom paint is semi-gloss,
unless specified otherwise.
(2) cULus Listed only.
(3) 200°F (93°C) maximum.
(4) cULus listed “corrosion resistance” applies to SIN Numbers RA1435
(HSW), RA1485(VSW), RA1425 (Upright), RA1414 (Pendent) and
RA1415 (Pendent) in standard black or white. Corrosion resistance in
other polyester colors is available upon request.
(5) FM Approvals finish as “Polyester coated” applies to SIN Number
RA1414, RA1435 and RA1425 in standard black or white.
(6) LPCB and VdS Approved finish applies only to RA1425, RA1414, RA1418
(VdS) and RA1475.
(7) cULus listed Corrosion Resistant
Material Data
Frame: DZR Brass, QM Brass, or Low Lead Brass
Deflector:CDA Alloy 220, 260, or 510
Load Screw\Pintle: CDA Alloy 360 or 544
Cup:CDA Alloy 651 or 693
Washer:Nickel Alloy 440 or 360, coated with PTFE
Adhesive Tape
Bulb:Glass
Ordering Information
Specify:
1. Sprinkler Model: [F1FR28][F1FR40][F1FR42]
[F1FR42LL][F1FRXLH][F1FR56][F1FR56LL]
2. Sprinkler Deflector/Orientation: [Pendent][Recessed
Pendent][Upright][Conventional][Horizontal Sidewall]
[Recessed Horizontal Sidewall][Vertical Sidewall]
3. Sprinkler threads: [1/2-inch NPT][ISO 7-R1/2]
4. Sprinkler Temperature Rating: [135°F (57°C)][155°F
(68°C)][175°F (79°C)][200°F (93°C)][286°F (141°C)]
5. Sprinkler Finish
6. Escutcheon Model: [F1][F2][FP]
7. Escutcheon Finish (where applicable)
8. Cover plate Model: [standard profile CCP 1/2-inch
(12.7mm) adjustment][low profile CCP 5/16-inch
(8.0mm) adjustment]
9. Cover plate Temperature Rating: [135°F (57°C) for use
with Ordinary Temperature sprinklers][165°F (74°C)
for use with Intermediate Temperature sprinklers]
10. Cover plate Finish
Note: When Model F1FR Series Recessed sprinklers are ordered, the sprinklers and escutcheons are packaged separately.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
(800) 431-1588 Sales Offices
(800) 848-6051 Sales Fax
(914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices
www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address
Manufactured by
RecycledPaper
Revision lines indicate updated or new data.
EG. Printed in U.S.A. 11 /17 P/N 9999970300
The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory
Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable.
Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for almost 100 years.
• Automatic sprinklers
• Flush automatic sprinklers
• Recessed automatic sprinklers
• Concealed automatic sprinklers
• Adjustable automatic sprinklers
• Dry automatic sprinklers
• Intermediate level sprinklers
• Open sprinklers
• Spray nozzles
• Alarm valves
• Retarding chambers
• Dry pipe valves
• Accelerators for dry pipe valves
• Mechanical sprinkler alarms
• Electrical sprinkler alarm switches
• Water flow detectors
• Deluge valves
• Detector check valves
• Check valves
• Electrical system
• Sprinkler emergency cabinets
• Sprinkler wrenches
• Sprinkler escutcheons and guards
• Inspectors test connections
• Sight drains
• Ball drips and drum drips
• Control valve seals
• Air maintenance devices
• Air compressors
• Pressure gauges
• Identification signs
• Fire department connection
Reliable offers a wide selection of sprinkler components. Following are some of the many
precision-made Reliable products that guard life and property from fire around the clock.
Reliable...For Complete Protection
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523
Model F3QR56 Dry
K5.6 (80 metric)
Quick-Response,
Standard Spray Sprinklers Bulletin 157 Rev. MBulletin 157 Rev. M
Features
1. Available in the following configurations:
• Pendent with standard escutcheon
• Pendent with Model HB extended escutcheon
• Pendent with Model FP recessed escutcheon
• Pendent with Model F1 recessed escutcheon
• Concealed Pendent with Model CCP cover plate
• Horizontal Sidewall with Standard escutcheon
• Horizontal Sidewall with Model HB extended es-
cutcheon
• Horizontal Sidewall with Model FP recessed es-
cutcheon (FM Standard Response)
• Horizontal Sidewall with Model F1 recessed es-
cutcheon (FM Standard Response)
2. Available with 1” NPT, ISO7-1R1, 3/4” NPT, or ISO7-
1R3/4 inlet fitting.
3. 3/4” NPT inlet fittings permit replacement of older 3/4”
inlet dry sprinklers without changing to a larger sprin-
kler fitting.
4. Sprinklers, escutcheons, and cover plates are avail-
able in a wide variety of standard and special appli-
cation finishes.
5. White polyester, black polyester, and Electroless
Nickel PTFE (ENT) finish sprinklers are cULus Listed
as Corrosion Resistant.
6. Available with cULus Listed 250 psi (17.2 bar) pres-
sure rating for Dry Pendent and select HSW configu-
rations. FM Approved for 175 psi (12 bar).
Product Description
Model F3QR56 Dry sprinklers are quick-response, stan-
dard coverage sprinklers with a nominal K-Factor of 5.6 (80
metric). Available in Dry Pendent or Dry Horizontal Sidewall
configurations, Model F3QR56 Dry sprinklers all use a 3 mm
glass bulb operating element. See the Temperature Rat-
ings table in this Bulletin for available temperature ratings.
Model F3QR56 Dry sprinklers are intended for installation
on wet-pipe, dry-pipe, or preaction sprinkler systems in ac-
cordance with NFPA 13, FM Property Loss Prevention Data
Sheets, and other applicable installation standards.
Model F3QR56 Dry sprinklers are available with a vari-
ety of escutcheon options as illustrated in Figs. 1 through
3 and Figs. 5 through 9. In addition, Model F3QR56 Dry
Pendent sprinklers are also available with the Model CCP
conical concealed cover plate as illustrated in Fig. 4. Avail-
able sprinkler, escutcheon, and cover plate finishes are
identified in the Finishes table in this Bulletin. The Model F1
escutcheon, Model FP escutcheon, and Model CCP cover
plate are the only recessed escutcheons and cover plate
listed for use with Model F3QR56 Dry sprinklers; the use of
any other recessed escutcheon or cover plate with Model
F3QR56 Dry sprinklers will void all guarantees, warranties,
listings and approvals.
Concealed
(See Fig. 4)
Recessed FP Pendent
(See Fig. 3)
Recessed F1
Horizontal Sidewall
(See Fig. 9)
Horizontal Sidewall
(See Fig. 6)
Pendent
(See Fig. 1)
Recessed F1 Pendent
(See Fig. 5)
Recessed FP
Horizontal Sidewall
(See Fig. 8)
Pendent / HB
(See Fig. 2)
Horizontal Sidewall / HB
(See Fig. 7)
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Inlet fittings are available with 1” NPT, ISO 7-1R1, 3/4” NPT,
or ISO7-1R3/4 threads. Sprinklers with 3/4” NPT and ISO7-
1R3/4 inlet fittings are intended primarily for replacement of
existing 3/4” or ISO7-1R3/4 inlet dry sprinklers, but may also
be used in new installations.
2.
See the Available Configurations, Listings, and Approvals
table in this Bulletin for further information on Model F3QR56
Dry sprinklers.
Available Configurations, Listings, and Approvals
Sprinkler
Model
Escutcheon or
Cover Plate
Available
Length
(See Figs. 1-9)
Listings and
Approvals(1)
Inlet
Threads
Sprinkler
Identification
Number
(SIN)
F3QR56 Dry
Pendent
Standard
Escutcheon
2” to 36”
(50 to 900 mm)
cULus, NYC 3/4” NPT or
ISO7-1R3/4
R5714
HB Extended
Escutcheon
3-1/2” to 36”
(90 to 900 mm)
F1 Recessed
Escutcheon
FP Recessed
Escutcheon
CCP Cover Plate
Standard
Escutcheon
2” to 48”
(50 to 1200 mm)
cULus, FM, NYC
1” NPT
or
ISO7-1R1
HB Extended
Escutcheon
3-1/2” to 48”
(90 to 1200 mm)
F1 Recessed
Escutcheon
FP Recessed
Escutcheon
CCP Cover Plate
F3QR56 Dry
Horizontal
Sidewall
Standard
Escutcheon
2” to 48”
(50 to 1200 mm)
cULus(2), NYC(2)3/4” NPT
or
ISO7-1R3/4
R5734
HB Extended
Escutcheon
3-1/2” to 48”
(90 to 1200 mm)
F1 Recessed
Escutcheon
FP Recessed
Escutcheon
Standard
Escutcheon
2” to 48”
(50 to 1200 mm)cULus(2),
FM(3), NYC(2)
1” NPT
or
ISO7-1R1
HB Extended
Escutcheon
3-1/2” to 48”
(90 to 1200 mm)
F1 Recessed
Escutcheon 3-1/2” to 48”
(90 to 1200 mm)
cULus(2),
FM(3)(4), NYC(2)FP Recessed
Escutcheon
(1) For available temperature ratings and finishes see the Temperature Ratings and Finishes tables, respectively, in this Bulletin.
(2) cULus Listing and NYC for Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard only.
(3) FM Approved for Light Hazard only.
(4) Model F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall with Model F1 or Model FP recessed escutcheon are FM Approved as Standard Response.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Patents
Model F3QR56 Dry series sprinklers may be covered by one or more of the following patents:
US Patent No. 5,775,431
US Patent No. 5,967,240
Listing and Approval Agencies
See the Available Configurations, Listings, and Approvals table in this Bulletin for listings and approvals applicable to
each available configuration.
1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and UL Certified for Canada (cULus)
2. Certified by FM Approvals (FM)
3. Permitted in New York City based on UL Listing per Local Law 33/2007 (NYC)
Technical Data
Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 gpm/psi1/2 (80 L/min/bar1/2)
Sprinkler Listing or Approval Deflector to Ceiling Distance Maximum Working Pressure
F3QR56 Dry
Pendent
cULus, NYC --250 psi (17.2 bar)
FM --175 psi (12 bar)
F3QR56 Dry
Horizontal Sidewall
cULus, NYC 4” to 6 “250 psi (17.2 bar)
6” to 12”175 psi (12 bar)
FM --175 psi (12 bar)
Temperature
Classification
Glass Bulb
Color
Sprinkler
Temperature Rating
Cover Plate
Temperature Rating
Maximum Ceiling
Temperature
Listings and
Approvals(1)
Ordinary Orange 135°F (57°C)135°F (57°C)100°F (38°C)cULus, FM, NYCRed155°F (68°C)
Intermediate Yellow 175°F (79°C)165°F (74°C)150°F (66°C)cULus, NYC
Intermediate Green 200°F (93°C)165°F (74°C)150°F (66°C)cULus, FM, NYC
High Blue 286°F (141°C)None 225°F (107°C)cULus, FM(2), NYC
165°F (74°C)150°F (66°C)cULus, NYC
(1) For listed and approved sprinkler, escutcheon, and inlet configurations see the Available Configurations, Listings, and Approvals table in this Bulletin.
(2) High temperature classification is FM Approved with Standard and Model HB escutcheons only.
Finishes
Component Sprinkler Escutcheon(1)Cover Plate
Standard Finishes
Bronze Brass(3)White Paint
White Polyester(2)White Polyester ChromeChromeChrome
Special Application Finishes
Electroless Nickel PTFE(2)Electroless Nickel PTFE
Black Polyester
Customer Color Polyester
Satin Chrome
Black PaintCustom Color Paint
Black Plating
Black Polyester(2)
Custom Color Polyester
(1) Standard and Model HB escutcheons are supplied with both the can and escutcheon finished. Model F1 escutcheons are supplied with both the collar
and escutcheon finished. Model FP escutcheons are supplied with the escutcheon finished; the cup is galvanized steel with no further finish.
(2) cULus Listed as a Corrosion Resistant Sprinkler.
(3) Brass finish available for standard, Model F1, and Model FP escutcheons only.
3.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
4.
Note: The sprinkler can protrudes ¼” when escutcheon is in nominal position. Escutcheon adjustment provides -¼” (-6mm) to +1¼” (+32mm) “A” dimension adjustment range.
Fig. 1
Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent Sprinkler with Standard Escutcheon (SIN R5714)
“A” Dim.2” to 48” (51mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or
2” to 36” (51mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections
Sprinkler Guard: Model C2
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent Sprinkler with Model HB Extended Escutcheon (SIN R5714)
“A” Dim.3½” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or
3½” to 36” (89mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections
Note: The sprinkler can protrudes 1¼” when escutcheon is in nominal position. Escutcheon adjustment provides -½” (-12.7mm) to +½” (+12.7mm) “A” dimension adjustment range.
Fig. 2
5.
Sprinkler Guard: Model C2
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Note: Do not install the Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent sprinkler with the Model FP escutcheon in ceilings which have positive pressure in the space
above.
Fig. 3
6.
Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent Sprinkler with Model FP Recessed Escutcheon (SIN R5714)
“A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or
3½” to 36” (89mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent Sprinkler with Model CCP Cover Plate (SIN R5714)
“A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or
3½” to 36” (89mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections
Note: Do not install the Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent sprinkler with the Model CCP cover plate in ceilings which have positive pressure in the space
above.
Fig. 4
7.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent Sprinkler with Model F1 Recessed Escutcheon (SIN R5714)
“A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or
3½” to 36” (89mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections.
Fig. 5
8.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Note: The sprinkler can protrudes ¼” when escutcheon is in nominal position. Escutcheon adjustment provides -¼” (-6mm) to +1¼” (+32mm) “A”
dimension adjustment range.
Fig. 6
9.
Model F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Standard Escutcheon (SIN R5734)
“A” Dim.2” to 48” (51mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or
2” to 36” (51mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
10.
Model F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model HB Escutcheon (SIN R5734)
“A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or
3½” to 36” (89mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections
Note: The sprinkler can protrudes 1¼” when escutcheon is in nominal position. Escutcheon adjustment provides -½” (-12.7mm) to +½” (+12.7mm)
“A” dimension adjustment range.
Fig. 7
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
11.
Model F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model FP Recessed Escutcheon (SIN R5734)
“A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or
3½” to 36” (89mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections
Note: Do not install the Model F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler with the Model FP escutcheon in walls which are positively pressurized with respect to the protected space.
Fig. 8
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
12.
Model F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model F1 Recessed Escutcheon (SIN R5734)
“A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or
3½” to 36” (89mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections
Fig. 9
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
13.
Fig. 10
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Fig. 11
14.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Fig. 13 - Model XLO2 Wrench
Fig. 12 - Model F3 or Model F3R Wrench
15.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
ITEM # DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
1 FRAME BRASS PER UNS C83600
2 DEFLECTOR BRONZE PER UNS C51000
3 LOAD SCREW BRASS PER UNS C22000
4 SEAT ADAPTOR BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C36000
5 BULB INSERT COPPER ALLOY PER UNS C31400
6 GLASS BULB GLASS W/GLYCERIN SOLUTION
7 ORIFICE ADAPTOR BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C36000
8 OUTER TUBE GALVANIZED STEEL
9 INNER TUBE BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C23000
10 YOKE BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C38000
11 INLET BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C35330
12 CAP BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C54400
13 SPRING WASHER/SEAL PTFE COATED BERYLLIUM NICKEL
14 FLIP DISK BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C54400
15 CAN/ESCUTCHEON PAINTED OR PLATED MILD STEEL
Fig. 16
16.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
17.
Installation Instructions
Model F3QR56 Dry sprinklers must only be installed in the
following fittings:
1. The side outlet of an ANSI B 16.3 class 150 (malleable
or ductile) or ANSI B16.4 class 125 (cast) iron pipe
tee
2. The run outlet of an ANSI B 16.3 class 150 (malleable
or ductile) or ANSI B16.4 class 125 (cast) iron pipe
tee, with the side outlet plugged (wet-pipe systems
only)
3. Spears Manufacturing Company Brass Thread In-
sert Style or Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style
Listed adapter or tee (wet-pipe systems only) (gasket
sealed outlets shall not be used)
4. Any Listed CPVC sprinkler adapter or tee only in ac-
cordance with Fig. 11 and upon verification that the
CPVC adapter or tee does not interfere with the sprin-
kler’s inlet (wet-pipe systems only) (gasket sealed
outlets shall not be used)
Model F3QR56 Dry sprinklers must not be installed into el-
bows, welded outlets, or gasket sealed outlets. Installation of
the Model F3QR56 Dry sprinkler is not recommend in cop-
per pipe systems, as this may reduce the life expectancy of
the sprinkler.
In all dry-pipe system installations, the Model F3QR56 Dry
sprinkler must be installed with protrusion into the fitting in
accordance with Fig. 1 through Fig. 9 in this Bulletin. Do not
install Model F3QR56 Dry sprinklers with the standard (long)
inlet fitting into CPVC fittings that have an internal obstruc-
tion (see Fig. 11); this will damage the sprinkler, the fitting,
or both. Model F3QR56 Dry sprinklers are available with a
short “PL” inlet fitting for installation on CPVC fittings of wet-
pipe sprinkler systems only.
Model F3QR56 Dry sprinklers connected to wet-pipe sys-
tems must be installed with the Exposed Minimum Barrel
Length required by Fig. 10 located in a Heated Area.
An orange protective clip is factory installed on the sprin-
kler to protect the glass bulb thermal element from dam-
age. The clip should remain in place during installation of
the sprinkler and be removed when the sprinkler system is
placed in service. Sprinklers with 3/4” NPT and ISO7-1R3/4
inlets are supplied with a protective cap on the inlet that
must be removed before installation.
Use the following steps for installation:
1. Cut a hole in the wall or ceiling directly in-line with
the outlet of the fitting. See the Installation Data table
for the recommended hole diameter based on the es-
cutcheon or cover plate option selected.
2. Apply pipe joint compound or PTFE tape to the male
threads of the sprinkler’s inlet fitting.
3. Install the sprinkler in the fitting using the installation
wrench specified in the Installation Data table. The
Model F3 and F3R wrenches are designed to be in-
serted into the groves in the sprinkler’s wrench boss
as shown in Fig. 12. The Model XLO2 wrench is de-
signed to fit into the cup and engage the wrench boss
as shown in Fig. 13. Do NOT wrench any part of the
sprinkler assembly other than the wrench boss. When
inserting or removing the wrench from the sprinkler,
care should be taken to prevent damage to the sprin-
kler. The sprinkler is then tightened into the pipe fitting
to achieve a leak free connection. The recommended
minimum to maximum installation torque is 22 - 30 lb-
ft (30 – 40 N-m) for 1” NPT and ISO7-1R1 sprinklers,
and 14 - 20 lb-ft (19 – 27 N-m) for 3/4” NPT and ISO7-
1R3/4 sprinklers.
3a. Alternatively, where access to the outer tube of
the sprinkler is available, the Model F3QR56 Dry
sprinkler may be installed using a pipe wrench.
The pipe wrench shall only be permitted to inter-
face with the galvanized steel outer tube portion of
the sprinkler (Item #8 in Fig. 16). Do NOT wrench
any other portion of the sprinkler assembly. A pipe
wrench can install the sprinkler into the fitting with
a large amount of torque; consideration should be
given to the need for future removal of the sprin-
kler because the installation torque will have to be
matched or exceeded to remove the sprinkler. The
recommended minimum to maximum installation
torque is 22 - 30 lb-ft (30 – 40 N-m) for 1” NPT
and ISO7-1R1 sprinklers, and 14 - 20 lb-ft (19 – 27
N-m) for 3/4” NPT and ISO7-1R3/4 sprinklers.
4. Standard and Model HB escutcheons can be in-
stalled by slipping the escutcheon over the can until
the escutcheon is seated against the ceiling or wall.
Model F1 escutcheons are installed by pressing the
escutcheon onto the collar until the escutcheon is
seated against the ceiling or wall. The Model FP es-
cutcheon is installed by pressing or threading the es-
cutcheon into the cup by hand; the escutcheon can
be tightened against the ceiling or wall by turning the
escutcheon in a clockwise direction and removed by
turning the escutcheon in a counter-clockwise direc-
tion. To install the Model CCP cover plate, first remove
the protective clip. Install the Model CCP cover plate
on the sprinkler by pressing or threading the cover
plate into the cup by hand; the cover plate can be
tightened against the ceiling by turning the cover
plate in a clockwise direction and removed by turning
the cover plate in a counter-clockwise direction.
5. Remove the orange protective clip when placing the
sprinkler system in service.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376
Ordering Information
Specify:
1. Sprinkler: [Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent SIN R5714]
[Model F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall SIN R5734]
2. Escutcheon/Cover Plate: [None][Standard escutch-
eon][Model HB extended escutcheon][Model F1
recessed escutcheon][Model FP recessed escutch-
eon][Model CCP cover plate – pendent only]
3. Inlet Threads: [1” NPT][ISO7-1R1][3/4” NPT][ISO7-
1R3/4]
4. Inlet Fitting: [Long – Standard Inlet Fitting][Short “PL”
– Wet Pipe Systems only]
5. Sprinkler Temperature Rating: See Temperature Rat-
ings table
6. Sprinkler Finish: See Finishes Table
7. Escutcheon/Cover Plate Finish: See Finishes Table
8. Length: “A” Dimension (face of tee to face of ceiling
or wall) in ¼” (6 mm) increments – See Fig. 1 through
Fig. 9
Note:
The “A” dimension is based on a nominally gauged pipe
thread “make-up” of .600” (15mm) per ANSI B2.1 [approxi-
mately 7 ½ threads].
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
(800) 431-1588 Sales Offices
(800) 848-6051 Sales Fax
(914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices
www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address
Manufactured by
RecycledPaper
Revision lines indicate updated or new data.
EG. Printed in U.S.A. 10/16 P/N 9999970175
The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable.
Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for almost 100 years,.
Installation Data
Sprinkler
Model Escutcheon or Cover Plate Suggested Hole Diameter in
Wall or Ceiling
Required Centerline of Sprinkler
Tube/Inlet to Finished Ceiling
Vertical Dimension*
Installation
Wrench
F3QR56 Dry Pendent
Standard Escutcheon 2-1/8” (54 mm)
Not
Applicable
F3 or F3RHB Extended Escutcheon 2-1/2” (64 mm)
F1 Recessed Escutcheon 2-1/4” (57 mm)
XLO2FP Recessed Escutcheon 2-1/2” (64 mm)CCP Cover Plate
F3QR56 Dry
Horizontal Sidewall
Standard Escutcheon 2-1/8” (54 mm)4-5/8” to 12-5/8”
(118 mm to 321 mm)F3 or F3RHB Extended Escutcheon 2-1/2” (64 mm)
F1 Recessed Escutcheon 2-1/4” (57 mm)cULus, NYC
4-5/8” to 6-5/8”
(118 mm to 168 mm)
XLO2
FP Recessed Escutcheon 2-1/2” (64 mm)
F1 Recessed Escutcheon 2-1/4” (57 mm)FM
4-5/8” to 12-5/8”
(118 mm to 321 mm)FP Recessed Escutcheon 2-1/2” (64 mm)
* Based on 5/8” (16 mm) centerline of sprinkler tube/inlet to defector vertical distance.
Maintenance
The Model F3QR56 Dry Sprinklers should be inspected
and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with
NFPA 25. Do not remove the factory applied thermally sen-
sitive wax fillet between the bulb supporting cup and the
wrenching boss. Do not replace this wax with a substitute
substance.
An Alternate substance may interfere with proper operation
of the sprinkler. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water,
ammonia or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by us-
ing a soft brush or gently vacuuming. Replace any sprin-
kler which has been painted (other than factory applied) or
damaged in any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be
maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or op-
erated sprinklers. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be
maintained in the original cartons and packaging until used
to minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that would
cause improper operation or non-operation.
RECEIVED
11/19/2018 striplett
BUILDING DIVISION
F18006376